Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/gtkutil.c @ 64970:877705ac17d3
(flyspell-mode): Autoload a defvar.
author | Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Mon, 15 Aug 2005 01:49:51 +0000 |
parents | d5e998f50c2d |
children | ec2fa2e1d4ea |
rev | line source |
---|---|
49323 | 1 /* Functions for creating and updating GTK widgets. |
64770
a0d1312ede66
Update years in copyright notice; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
64084
diff
changeset
|
2 Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
49323 | 3 |
4 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
5 | |
6 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) | |
9 any later version. | |
10 | |
11 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
14 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
15 | |
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
17 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
64084 | 18 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, |
19 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ | |
49323 | 20 |
21 #include "config.h" | |
22 | |
23 #ifdef USE_GTK | |
49359
14cf50ecf91a
gtkutil.c: Must include stdio.h before termhooks.h
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49325
diff
changeset
|
24 #include <string.h> |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
25 #include <signal.h> |
49359
14cf50ecf91a
gtkutil.c: Must include stdio.h before termhooks.h
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49325
diff
changeset
|
26 #include <stdio.h> |
49323 | 27 #include "lisp.h" |
28 #include "xterm.h" | |
29 #include "blockinput.h" | |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
30 #include "syssignal.h" |
49323 | 31 #include "window.h" |
32 #include "atimer.h" | |
33 #include "gtkutil.h" | |
34 #include "termhooks.h" | |
51408
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
35 #include "keyboard.h" |
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
36 #include "charset.h" |
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
37 #include "coding.h" |
49323 | 38 #include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h> |
39 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
40 |
49323 | 41 #define FRAME_TOTAL_PIXEL_HEIGHT(f) \ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
42 (FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f)) |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
43 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
44 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
45 /*********************************************************************** |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
46 Display handling functions |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
47 ***********************************************************************/ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
48 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
49 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
50 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
51 /* Return the GdkDisplay that corresponds to the X display DPY. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
52 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
53 static GdkDisplay * |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
54 xg_get_gdk_display (dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
55 Display *dpy; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
56 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
57 return gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
58 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
59 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
60 /* When the GTK widget W is to be created on a display for F that |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
61 is not the default display, set the display for W. |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
62 W can be a GtkMenu or a GtkWindow widget. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
63 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
64 static void |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
65 xg_set_screen (w, f) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
66 GtkWidget *w; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
67 FRAME_PTR f; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
68 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
69 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f) != GDK_DISPLAY ()) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
70 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
71 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
72 GdkScreen *gscreen = gdk_display_get_default_screen (gdpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
73 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
74 if (GTK_IS_MENU (w)) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
75 gtk_menu_set_screen (GTK_MENU (w), gscreen); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
76 else |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
77 gtk_window_set_screen (GTK_WINDOW (w), gscreen); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
78 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
79 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
80 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
81 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
82 #else /* not HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
83 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
84 /* Make some defines so we can use the GTK 2.2 functions when |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
85 compiling with GTK 2.0. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
86 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
87 #define xg_set_screen(w, f) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
88 #define gdk_xid_table_lookup_for_display(dpy, w) gdk_xid_table_lookup (w) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
89 #define gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display(dpy, p) gdk_pixmap_foreign_new (p) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
90 #define gdk_cursor_new_for_display(dpy, c) gdk_cursor_new (c) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
91 #define gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay(dpy) 0 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
92 #define GdkDisplay void |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
93 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
94 #endif /* not HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
95 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
96 /* Open a display named by DISPLAY_NAME. The display is returned in *DPY. |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
97 *DPY is set to NULL if the display can't be opened. |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
98 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
99 Returns non-zero if display could be opened, zero if display could not |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
100 be opened, and less than zero if the GTK version doesn't support |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
101 multipe displays. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
102 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
103 int |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
104 xg_display_open (display_name, dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
105 char *display_name; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
106 Display **dpy; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
107 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
108 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
109 GdkDisplay *gdpy; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
110 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
111 gdpy = gdk_display_open (display_name); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
112 *dpy = gdpy ? GDK_DISPLAY_XDISPLAY (gdpy) : NULL; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
113 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
114 return gdpy != NULL; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
115 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
116 #else /* not HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
117 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
118 return -1; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
119 #endif /* not HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
120 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
121 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
122 |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
123 /* Close display DPY. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
124 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
125 void |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
126 xg_display_close (Display *dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
127 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
128 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
129 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
130 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
131 /* GTK 2.2 has a bug that makes gdk_display_close crash (bug |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
132 http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). This way |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
133 we can continue running, but there will be memory leaks. */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
134 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
135 #if GTK_MAJOR_VERSION == 2 && GTK_MINOR_VERSION < 4 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
136 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
137 /* If this is the default display, we must change it before calling |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
138 dispose, otherwise it will crash. */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
139 if (gdk_display_get_default () == gdpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
140 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
141 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
142 Display *new_dpy = 0; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
143 GdkDisplay *gdpy_new; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
144 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
145 /* Find another display. */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
146 for (dpyinfo = x_display_list; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
147 if (dpyinfo->display != dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
148 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
149 new_dpy = dpyinfo->display; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
150 break; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
151 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
152 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
153 if (! new_dpy) return; /* Emacs will exit anyway. */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
154 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
155 gdpy_new = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (new_dpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
156 gdk_display_manager_set_default_display (gdk_display_manager_get (), |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
157 gdpy_new); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
158 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
159 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
160 g_object_run_dispose (G_OBJECT (gdpy)); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
161 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
162 #else |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
163 /* I hope this will be fixed in GTK 2.4. It is what bug 85715 says. */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
164 gdk_display_close (gdpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
165 #endif |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
166 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
167 } |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
168 |
49323 | 169 |
170 /*********************************************************************** | |
171 Utility functions | |
172 ***********************************************************************/ | |
173 /* The timer for scroll bar repetition and menu bar timeouts. | |
174 NULL if no timer is started. */ | |
175 static struct atimer *xg_timer; | |
176 | |
177 | |
178 /* The next two variables and functions are taken from lwlib. */ | |
179 static widget_value *widget_value_free_list; | |
180 static int malloc_cpt; | |
181 | |
182 /* Allocate a widget_value structure, either by taking one from the | |
183 widget_value_free_list or by malloc:ing a new one. | |
184 | |
185 Return a pointer to the allocated structure. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
186 |
49323 | 187 widget_value * |
188 malloc_widget_value () | |
189 { | |
190 widget_value *wv; | |
191 if (widget_value_free_list) | |
192 { | |
193 wv = widget_value_free_list; | |
194 widget_value_free_list = wv->free_list; | |
195 wv->free_list = 0; | |
196 } | |
197 else | |
198 { | |
199 wv = (widget_value *) malloc (sizeof (widget_value)); | |
200 malloc_cpt++; | |
201 } | |
202 memset (wv, 0, sizeof (widget_value)); | |
203 return wv; | |
204 } | |
205 | |
206 /* This is analogous to free. It frees only what was allocated | |
207 by malloc_widget_value, and no substructures. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
208 |
49323 | 209 void |
210 free_widget_value (wv) | |
211 widget_value *wv; | |
212 { | |
213 if (wv->free_list) | |
214 abort (); | |
215 | |
216 if (malloc_cpt > 25) | |
217 { | |
218 /* When the number of already allocated cells is too big, | |
219 We free it. */ | |
220 free (wv); | |
221 malloc_cpt--; | |
222 } | |
223 else | |
224 { | |
225 wv->free_list = widget_value_free_list; | |
226 widget_value_free_list = wv; | |
227 } | |
228 } | |
229 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
230 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
231 /* Create and return the cursor to be used for popup menus and |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
232 scroll bars on display DPY. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
233 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
234 GdkCursor * |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
235 xg_create_default_cursor (dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
236 Display *dpy; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
237 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
238 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
239 return gdk_cursor_new_for_display (gdpy, GDK_LEFT_PTR); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
240 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
241 |
64936
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
242 /* Apply GMASK to GPIX and return a GdkPixbuf with an alpha channel. */ |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
243 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
244 GdkPixbuf * |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
245 xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask (gpix, gmask, cmap) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
246 GdkPixmap *gpix; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
247 GdkPixmap *gmask; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
248 GdkColormap *cmap; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
249 { |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
250 int x, y, width, height, rowstride, mask_rowstride; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
251 GdkPixbuf *icon_buf, *tmp_buf; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
252 guchar *pixels; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
253 guchar *mask_pixels; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
254 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
255 gdk_drawable_get_size (gpix, &width, &height); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
256 tmp_buf = gdk_pixbuf_get_from_drawable (NULL, gpix, cmap, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
257 0, 0, 0, 0, width, height); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
258 icon_buf = gdk_pixbuf_add_alpha (tmp_buf, FALSE, 0, 0, 0); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
259 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (tmp_buf)); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
260 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
261 if (gmask) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
262 { |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
263 GdkPixbuf *mask_buf = gdk_pixbuf_get_from_drawable (NULL, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
264 gmask, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
265 NULL, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
266 0, 0, 0, 0, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
267 width, height); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
268 guchar *pixels = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels (icon_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
269 guchar *mask_pixels = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels (mask_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
270 int rowstride = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride (icon_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
271 int mask_rowstride = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride (mask_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
272 int y; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
273 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
274 for (y = 0; y < height; ++y) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
275 { |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
276 guchar *iconptr, *maskptr; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
277 int x; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
278 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
279 iconptr = pixels + y * rowstride; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
280 maskptr = mask_pixels + y * mask_rowstride; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
281 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
282 for (x = 0; x < width; ++x) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
283 { |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
284 /* In a bitmap, RGB is either 255/255/255 or 0/0/0. Checking |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
285 just R is sufficient. */ |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
286 if (maskptr[0] == 0) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
287 iconptr[3] = 0; /* 0, 1, 2 is R, G, B. 3 is alpha. */ |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
288 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
289 iconptr += rowstride/width; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
290 maskptr += mask_rowstride/width; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
291 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
292 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
293 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
294 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (mask_buf)); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
295 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
296 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
297 return icon_buf; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
298 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
299 |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
300 /* For the image defined in IMG, make and return a GtkImage. For displays with |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
301 8 planes or less we must make a GdkPixbuf and apply the mask manually. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
302 Otherwise the highlightning and dimming the tool bar code in GTK does |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
303 will look bad. For display with more than 8 planes we just use the |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
304 pixmap and mask directly. For monochrome displays, GTK doesn't seem |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
305 able to use external pixmaps, it looks bad whatever we do. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
306 The image is defined on the display where frame F is. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
307 WIDGET is used to find the GdkColormap to use for the GdkPixbuf. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
308 If OLD_WIDGET is NULL, a new widget is constructed and returned. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
309 If OLD_WIDGET is not NULL, that widget is modified. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
310 |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
311 static GtkWidget * |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
312 xg_get_image_for_pixmap (f, img, widget, old_widget) |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
313 FRAME_PTR f; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
314 struct image *img; |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
315 GtkWidget *widget; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
316 GtkImage *old_widget; |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
317 { |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
318 GdkPixmap *gpix; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
319 GdkPixmap *gmask; |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
320 GdkDisplay *gdpy; |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
321 |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
322 /* If we are on a one bit display, let GTK do all the image handling. |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
323 This seems to be the only way to make insensitive and activated icons |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
324 look good. */ |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
325 if (x_screen_planes (f) == 1) |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
326 { |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
327 Lisp_Object specified_file = Qnil; |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
328 Lisp_Object tail; |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
329 extern Lisp_Object QCfile; |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
330 |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
331 for (tail = XCDR (img->spec); |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
332 NILP (specified_file) && CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCDR (tail)); |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
333 tail = XCDR (XCDR (tail))) |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
334 if (EQ (XCAR (tail), QCfile)) |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
335 specified_file = XCAR (XCDR (tail)); |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
336 |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
337 if (STRINGP (specified_file)) |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
338 { |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
339 |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
340 Lisp_Object file = Qnil; |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
341 struct gcpro gcpro1; |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
342 GCPRO1 (file); |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
343 |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
344 file = x_find_image_file (specified_file); |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
345 /* We already loaded the image once before calling this |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
346 function, so this should not fail. */ |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
347 xassert (STRINGP (file) != 0); |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
348 |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
349 if (! old_widget) |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
350 old_widget = GTK_IMAGE (gtk_image_new_from_file (SDATA (file))); |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
351 else |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
352 gtk_image_set_from_file (old_widget, SDATA (file)); |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
353 |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
354 UNGCPRO; |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
355 return GTK_WIDGET (old_widget); |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
356 } |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
357 } |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
358 |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
359 gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
360 gpix = gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, img->pixmap); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
361 gmask = img->mask ? gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, img->mask) : 0; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
362 |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
363 if (x_screen_planes (f) > 8 || x_screen_planes (f) == 1) |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
364 { |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
365 if (! old_widget) |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
366 old_widget = GTK_IMAGE (gtk_image_new_from_pixmap (gpix, gmask)); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
367 else |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
368 gtk_image_set_from_pixmap (old_widget, gpix, gmask); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
369 } |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
370 else |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
371 { |
64936
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
372 |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
373 /* This is a workaround to make icons look good on pseudo color |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
374 displays. Apparently GTK expects the images to have an alpha |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
375 channel. If they don't, insensitive and activated icons will |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
376 look bad. This workaround does not work on monochrome displays, |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
377 and is not needed on true color/static color displays (i.e. |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
378 16 bits and higher). */ |
64936
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
379 GdkColormap *cmap = gtk_widget_get_colormap (widget); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
380 GdkPixbuf *icon_buf = xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask (gpix, gmask, cmap); |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
381 |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
382 if (! old_widget) |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
383 old_widget = GTK_IMAGE (gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf (icon_buf)); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
384 else |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
385 gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf (old_widget, icon_buf); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
386 |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
387 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (icon_buf)); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
388 } |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
389 |
56268
9853134cd610
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Call g_object_unref on
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56112
diff
changeset
|
390 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gpix)); |
9853134cd610
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Call g_object_unref on
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56112
diff
changeset
|
391 if (gmask) g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gmask)); |
9853134cd610
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Call g_object_unref on
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56112
diff
changeset
|
392 |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
393 return GTK_WIDGET (old_widget); |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
394 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
395 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
396 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
397 /* Set CURSOR on W and all widgets W contain. We must do like this |
49323 | 398 for scroll bars and menu because they create widgets internally, |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
399 and it is those widgets that are visible. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
400 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
401 static void |
49323 | 402 xg_set_cursor (w, cursor) |
403 GtkWidget *w; | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
404 GdkCursor *cursor; |
49323 | 405 { |
406 GList *children = gdk_window_peek_children (w->window); | |
407 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
408 gdk_window_set_cursor (w->window, cursor); |
49323 | 409 |
410 /* The scroll bar widget has more than one GDK window (had to look at | |
411 the source to figure this out), and there is no way to set cursor | |
412 on widgets in GTK. So we must set the cursor for all GDK windows. | |
413 Ditto for menus. */ | |
414 | |
415 for ( ; children; children = g_list_next (children)) | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
416 gdk_window_set_cursor (GDK_WINDOW (children->data), cursor); |
49323 | 417 } |
418 | |
419 /* Timer function called when a timeout occurs for xg_timer. | |
420 This function processes all GTK events in a recursive event loop. | |
421 This is done because GTK timer events are not seen by Emacs event | |
422 detection, Emacs only looks for X events. When a scroll bar has the | |
423 pointer (detected by button press/release events below) an Emacs | |
424 timer is started, and this function can then check if the GTK timer | |
425 has expired by calling the GTK event loop. | |
426 Also, when a menu is active, it has a small timeout before it | |
427 pops down the sub menu under it. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
428 |
49323 | 429 static void |
430 xg_process_timeouts (timer) | |
431 struct atimer *timer; | |
432 { | |
433 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
434 /* Ideally we would like to just handle timer events, like the Xt version | |
435 of this does in xterm.c, but there is no such feature in GTK. */ | |
436 while (gtk_events_pending ()) | |
437 gtk_main_iteration (); | |
438 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
439 } | |
440 | |
441 /* Start the xg_timer with an interval of 0.1 seconds, if not already started. | |
442 xg_process_timeouts is called when the timer expires. The timer | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
443 started is continuous, i.e. runs until xg_stop_timer is called. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
444 |
49323 | 445 static void |
446 xg_start_timer () | |
447 { | |
448 if (! xg_timer) | |
449 { | |
450 EMACS_TIME interval; | |
451 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval, 0, 100000); | |
452 xg_timer = start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS, | |
453 interval, | |
454 xg_process_timeouts, | |
455 0); | |
456 } | |
457 } | |
458 | |
459 /* Stop the xg_timer if started. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
460 |
49323 | 461 static void |
462 xg_stop_timer () | |
463 { | |
464 if (xg_timer) | |
465 { | |
466 cancel_atimer (xg_timer); | |
467 xg_timer = 0; | |
468 } | |
469 } | |
470 | |
471 /* Insert NODE into linked LIST. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
472 |
49323 | 473 static void |
474 xg_list_insert (xg_list_node *list, xg_list_node *node) | |
475 { | |
476 xg_list_node *list_start = list->next; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
477 |
49323 | 478 if (list_start) list_start->prev = node; |
479 node->next = list_start; | |
480 node->prev = 0; | |
481 list->next = node; | |
482 } | |
483 | |
484 /* Remove NODE from linked LIST. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
485 |
49323 | 486 static void |
487 xg_list_remove (xg_list_node *list, xg_list_node *node) | |
488 { | |
489 xg_list_node *list_start = list->next; | |
490 if (node == list_start) | |
491 { | |
492 list->next = node->next; | |
493 if (list->next) list->next->prev = 0; | |
494 } | |
495 else | |
496 { | |
497 node->prev->next = node->next; | |
498 if (node->next) node->next->prev = node->prev; | |
499 } | |
500 } | |
501 | |
502 /* Allocate and return a utf8 version of STR. If STR is already | |
503 utf8 or NULL, just return STR. | |
504 If not, a new string is allocated and the caller must free the result | |
505 with g_free. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
506 |
49323 | 507 static char * |
508 get_utf8_string (str) | |
509 char *str; | |
510 { | |
511 char *utf8_str = str; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
512 |
49323 | 513 /* If not UTF-8, try current locale. */ |
514 if (str && !g_utf8_validate (str, -1, NULL)) | |
515 utf8_str = g_locale_to_utf8 (str, -1, 0, 0, 0); | |
516 | |
517 return utf8_str; | |
518 } | |
519 | |
520 | |
521 | |
522 /*********************************************************************** | |
523 General functions for creating widgets, resizing, events, e.t.c. | |
524 ***********************************************************************/ | |
525 | |
526 /* Make a geometry string and pass that to GTK. It seems this is the | |
527 only way to get geometry position right if the user explicitly | |
528 asked for a position when starting Emacs. | |
529 F is the frame we shall set geometry for. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
530 |
49323 | 531 static void |
532 xg_set_geometry (f) | |
533 FRAME_PTR f; | |
534 { | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
535 if (f->size_hint_flags & USPosition) |
49323 | 536 { |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
537 int left = f->left_pos; |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
538 int xneg = f->size_hint_flags & XNegative; |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
539 int top = f->top_pos; |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
540 int yneg = f->size_hint_flags & YNegative; |
49323 | 541 char geom_str[32]; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
542 |
49323 | 543 if (xneg) |
544 left = -left; | |
545 if (yneg) | |
546 top = -top; | |
547 | |
548 sprintf (geom_str, "=%dx%d%c%d%c%d", | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
549 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f), |
49323 | 550 FRAME_TOTAL_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f), |
551 (xneg ? '-' : '+'), left, | |
552 (yneg ? '-' : '+'), top); | |
553 | |
554 if (!gtk_window_parse_geometry (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), | |
555 geom_str)) | |
556 fprintf (stderr, "Failed to parse: '%s'\n", geom_str); | |
557 } | |
558 } | |
559 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
560 |
49323 | 561 /* Resize the outer window of frame F after chainging the height. |
562 This happend when the menu bar or the tool bar is added or removed. | |
563 COLUMNS/ROWS is the size the edit area shall have after the resize. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
564 |
49323 | 565 static void |
566 xg_resize_outer_widget (f, columns, rows) | |
567 FRAME_PTR f; | |
568 int columns; | |
569 int rows; | |
570 { | |
571 /* If we are not mapped yet, set geometry once again, as window | |
572 height now have changed. */ | |
573 if (! GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))) | |
574 xg_set_geometry (f); | |
575 | |
576 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, columns, rows); | |
577 gdk_window_process_all_updates (); | |
578 } | |
579 | |
580 /* Function to handle resize of our widgets. Since Emacs has some layouts | |
581 that does not fit well with GTK standard containers, we do most layout | |
582 manually. | |
583 F is the frame to resize. | |
584 PIXELWIDTH, PIXELHEIGHT is the new size in pixels. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
585 |
49323 | 586 void |
587 xg_resize_widgets (f, pixelwidth, pixelheight) | |
588 FRAME_PTR f; | |
589 int pixelwidth, pixelheight; | |
590 { | |
591 int mbheight = FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f); | |
592 int tbheight = FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f); | |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
593 int rows = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f, (pixelheight |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
594 - mbheight - tbheight)); |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
595 int columns = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f, pixelwidth); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
596 |
49323 | 597 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f) |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
598 && (columns != FRAME_COLS (f) |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
599 || rows != FRAME_LINES (f) |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
600 || pixelwidth != FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
601 || pixelheight != FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f))) |
49323 | 602 { |
603 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
604 GtkAllocation all; | |
605 | |
606 all.y = mbheight + tbheight; | |
607 all.x = 0; | |
608 | |
609 all.width = pixelwidth; | |
610 all.height = pixelheight - mbheight - tbheight; | |
611 | |
612 gtk_widget_size_allocate (x->edit_widget, &all); | |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
613 |
49323 | 614 change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1, 0); |
615 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
616 cancel_mouse_face (f); | |
617 } | |
618 } | |
619 | |
620 | |
621 /* Update our widget size to be COLS/ROWS characters for frame F. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
622 |
49323 | 623 void |
624 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, cols, rows) | |
625 FRAME_PTR f; | |
626 int cols; | |
627 int rows; | |
628 { | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
629 int pixelheight = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows) |
49323 | 630 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f); |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
631 int pixelwidth; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
632 |
49323 | 633 /* Take into account the size of the scroll bar. Always use the |
634 number of columns occupied by the scroll bar here otherwise we | |
635 might end up with a frame width that is not a multiple of the | |
636 frame's character width which is bad for vertically split | |
637 windows. */ | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
638 f->scroll_bar_actual_width |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
639 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
49323 | 640 |
50099
a62497b91c74
Use generic compute_fringe_widths.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50063
diff
changeset
|
641 compute_fringe_widths (f, 0); |
49323 | 642 |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
643 /* FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH uses scroll_bar_actual_width, so call it |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
644 after calculating that value. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
645 pixelwidth = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols); |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
646 |
49323 | 647 /* Must resize our top level widget. Font size may have changed, |
648 but not rows/cols. */ | |
649 gtk_window_resize (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), | |
650 pixelwidth, pixelheight); | |
651 xg_resize_widgets (f, pixelwidth, pixelheight); | |
53275
a07a0bae1990
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Call x_wm_set_size_hint.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53069
diff
changeset
|
652 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, 0, 0); |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
653 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
654 cancel_mouse_face (f); |
49323 | 655 } |
656 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
657 /* Convert an X Window WSESC on display DPY to its corresponding GtkWidget. |
49323 | 658 Must be done like this, because GtkWidget:s can have "hidden" |
659 X Window that aren't accessible. | |
660 | |
661 Return 0 if no widget match WDESC. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
662 |
49323 | 663 GtkWidget * |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
664 xg_win_to_widget (dpy, wdesc) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
665 Display *dpy; |
49323 | 666 Window wdesc; |
667 { | |
668 gpointer gdkwin; | |
669 GtkWidget *gwdesc = 0; | |
670 | |
671 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
672 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
673 gdkwin = gdk_xid_table_lookup_for_display (gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy), |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
674 wdesc); |
49323 | 675 if (gdkwin) |
676 { | |
677 GdkEvent event; | |
678 event.any.window = gdkwin; | |
679 gwdesc = gtk_get_event_widget (&event); | |
680 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
681 |
49323 | 682 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
683 return gwdesc; | |
684 } | |
685 | |
686 /* Fill in the GdkColor C so that it represents PIXEL. | |
687 W is the widget that color will be used for. Used to find colormap. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
688 |
49323 | 689 static void |
690 xg_pix_to_gcolor (w, pixel, c) | |
691 GtkWidget *w; | |
692 unsigned long pixel; | |
693 GdkColor *c; | |
694 { | |
695 GdkColormap *map = gtk_widget_get_colormap (w); | |
696 gdk_colormap_query_color (map, pixel, c); | |
697 } | |
698 | |
699 /* Create and set up the GTK widgets for frame F. | |
700 Return 0 if creation failed, non-zero otherwise. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
701 |
49323 | 702 int |
703 xg_create_frame_widgets (f) | |
704 FRAME_PTR f; | |
705 { | |
706 GtkWidget *wtop; | |
707 GtkWidget *wvbox; | |
708 GtkWidget *wfixed; | |
709 GdkColor bg; | |
710 GtkRcStyle *style; | |
711 int i; | |
712 char *title = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
713 |
49323 | 714 BLOCK_INPUT; |
715 | |
716 wtop = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
717 xg_set_screen (wtop, f); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
718 |
49323 | 719 wvbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
720 wfixed = gtk_fixed_new (); /* Must have this to place scroll bars */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
721 |
49323 | 722 if (! wtop || ! wvbox || ! wfixed) |
723 { | |
724 if (wtop) gtk_widget_destroy (wtop); | |
725 if (wvbox) gtk_widget_destroy (wvbox); | |
726 if (wfixed) gtk_widget_destroy (wfixed); | |
727 | |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
728 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
49323 | 729 return 0; |
730 } | |
731 | |
732 /* Use same names as the Xt port does. I.e. Emacs.pane.emacs by default */ | |
733 gtk_widget_set_name (wtop, EMACS_CLASS); | |
734 gtk_widget_set_name (wvbox, "pane"); | |
735 gtk_widget_set_name (wfixed, SDATA (Vx_resource_name)); | |
736 | |
737 /* If this frame has a title or name, set it in the title bar. */ | |
51408
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
738 if (! NILP (f->title)) title = SDATA (ENCODE_UTF_8 (f->title)); |
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
739 else if (! NILP (f->name)) title = SDATA (ENCODE_UTF_8 (f->name)); |
49323 | 740 |
741 if (title) gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), title); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
742 |
49323 | 743 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f) = wtop; |
744 FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f) = wfixed; | |
745 f->output_data.x->vbox_widget = wvbox; | |
746 | |
747 gtk_fixed_set_has_window (GTK_FIXED (wfixed), TRUE); | |
748 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
749 gtk_widget_set_size_request (wfixed, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f), |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
750 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
751 |
49323 | 752 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (wtop), wvbox); |
753 gtk_box_pack_end (GTK_BOX (wvbox), wfixed, TRUE, TRUE, 0); | |
754 | |
755 if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f)) | |
756 update_frame_tool_bar (f); | |
757 | |
758 /* The tool bar is created but first there are no items in it. | |
759 This causes it to be zero height. Later items are added, but then | |
760 the frame is already mapped, so there is a "jumping" resize. | |
761 This makes geometry handling difficult, for example -0-0 will end | |
762 up in the wrong place as tool bar height has not been taken into account. | |
763 So we cheat a bit by setting a height that is what it will have | |
764 later on when tool bar items are added. */ | |
56804
3f2598db97ac
* gtkutil.c (xg_create_frame_widgets): Compensate for tool bar when
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56269
diff
changeset
|
765 if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f) && f->n_tool_bar_items == 0) |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
766 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = 38; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
767 |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
768 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
769 /* We don't want this widget double buffered, because we draw on it |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
770 with regular X drawing primitives, so from a GTK/GDK point of |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
771 view, the widget is totally blank. When an expose comes, this |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
772 will make the widget blank, and then Emacs redraws it. This flickers |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
773 a lot, so we turn off double buffering. */ |
49323 | 774 gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (wfixed, FALSE); |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
775 |
49323 | 776 /* GTK documents says use gtk_window_set_resizable. But then a user |
777 can't shrink the window from its starting size. */ | |
778 gtk_window_set_policy (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), TRUE, TRUE, TRUE); | |
779 gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), | |
780 SDATA (Vx_resource_name), | |
781 SDATA (Vx_resource_class)); | |
782 | |
783 /* Add callback to do nothing on WM_DELETE_WINDOW. The default in | |
784 GTK is to destroy the widget. We want Emacs to do that instead. */ | |
785 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wtop), "delete-event", | |
786 G_CALLBACK (gtk_true), 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
787 |
49323 | 788 /* Convert our geometry parameters into a geometry string |
789 and specify it. | |
790 GTK will itself handle calculating the real position this way. */ | |
791 xg_set_geometry (f); | |
792 | |
793 gtk_widget_add_events (wfixed, | |
794 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK | |
795 | GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK | |
796 | GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK | |
797 | GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK | |
798 | GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK | |
799 | GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK | |
800 | GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK | |
801 | GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK | |
802 | GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK | |
803 | GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK); | |
804 | |
805 /* Must realize the windows so the X window gets created. It is used | |
806 by callers of this function. */ | |
807 gtk_widget_realize (wfixed); | |
808 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) = GTK_WIDGET_TO_X_WIN (wfixed); | |
809 | |
810 /* Since GTK clears its window by filling with the background color, | |
811 we must keep X and GTK background in sync. */ | |
812 xg_pix_to_gcolor (wfixed, f->output_data.x->background_pixel, &bg); | |
813 gtk_widget_modify_bg (wfixed, GTK_STATE_NORMAL, &bg); | |
814 | |
815 /* Also, do not let any background pixmap to be set, this looks very | |
816 bad as Emacs overwrites the background pixmap with its own idea | |
817 of background color. */ | |
818 style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (wfixed); | |
819 | |
820 /* Must use g_strdup because gtk_widget_modify_style does g_free. */ | |
821 style->bg_pixmap_name[GTK_STATE_NORMAL] = g_strdup ("<none>"); | |
822 gtk_widget_modify_style (wfixed, style); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
823 |
49323 | 824 /* GTK does not set any border, and they look bad with GTK. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
825 f->border_width = 0; |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
826 f->internal_border_width = 0; |
49323 | 827 |
828 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
829 | |
830 return 1; | |
831 } | |
832 | |
833 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F. | |
834 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags | |
835 that the window now has. | |
836 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the User Position | |
837 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
838 |
49323 | 839 void |
840 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position) | |
841 FRAME_PTR f; | |
842 long flags; | |
843 int user_position; | |
844 { | |
845 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) | |
846 { | |
847 /* Must use GTK routines here, otherwise GTK resets the size hints | |
848 to its own defaults. */ | |
849 GdkGeometry size_hints; | |
850 gint hint_flags = 0; | |
851 int base_width, base_height; | |
852 int min_rows = 0, min_cols = 0; | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
853 int win_gravity = f->win_gravity; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
854 |
49323 | 855 if (flags) |
856 { | |
857 memset (&size_hints, 0, sizeof (size_hints)); | |
858 f->output_data.x->size_hints = size_hints; | |
859 f->output_data.x->hint_flags = hint_flags; | |
860 } | |
861 else | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
862 flags = f->size_hint_flags; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
863 |
49323 | 864 size_hints = f->output_data.x->size_hints; |
865 hint_flags = f->output_data.x->hint_flags; | |
866 | |
867 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_RESIZE_INC | GDK_HINT_MIN_SIZE; | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
868 size_hints.width_inc = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
869 size_hints.height_inc = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f); |
49323 | 870 |
871 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_BASE_SIZE; | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
872 base_width = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0); |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
873 base_height = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0) |
49323 | 874 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f); |
875 | |
876 check_frame_size (f, &min_rows, &min_cols); | |
877 | |
878 size_hints.base_width = base_width; | |
879 size_hints.base_height = base_height; | |
880 size_hints.min_width = base_width + min_cols * size_hints.width_inc; | |
881 size_hints.min_height = base_height + min_rows * size_hints.height_inc; | |
882 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
883 |
49323 | 884 /* These currently have a one to one mapping with the X values, but I |
885 don't think we should rely on that. */ | |
886 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_WIN_GRAVITY; | |
887 size_hints.win_gravity = 0; | |
888 if (win_gravity == NorthWestGravity) | |
889 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST; | |
890 else if (win_gravity == NorthGravity) | |
891 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH; | |
892 else if (win_gravity == NorthEastGravity) | |
893 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_EAST; | |
894 else if (win_gravity == WestGravity) | |
895 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_WEST; | |
896 else if (win_gravity == CenterGravity) | |
897 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_CENTER; | |
898 else if (win_gravity == EastGravity) | |
899 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_EAST; | |
900 else if (win_gravity == SouthWestGravity) | |
901 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH_WEST; | |
902 else if (win_gravity == SouthGravity) | |
903 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH; | |
904 else if (win_gravity == SouthEastGravity) | |
905 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH_EAST; | |
906 else if (win_gravity == StaticGravity) | |
907 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_STATIC; | |
908 | |
909 if (flags & PPosition) hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_POS; | |
910 if (flags & USPosition) hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_USER_POS; | |
911 if (flags & USSize) hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_USER_SIZE; | |
912 | |
913 if (user_position) | |
914 { | |
915 hint_flags &= ~GDK_HINT_POS; | |
916 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_USER_POS; | |
917 } | |
918 | |
919 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
920 | |
921 gtk_window_set_geometry_hints (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), | |
922 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f), | |
923 &size_hints, | |
924 hint_flags); | |
925 | |
926 f->output_data.x->size_hints = size_hints; | |
927 f->output_data.x->hint_flags = hint_flags; | |
928 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
929 } | |
930 } | |
931 | |
932 /* Change background color of a frame. | |
933 Since GTK uses the background colour to clear the window, we must | |
934 keep the GTK and X colors in sync. | |
935 F is the frame to change, | |
936 BG is the pixel value to change to. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
937 |
49323 | 938 void |
939 xg_set_background_color (f, bg) | |
940 FRAME_PTR f; | |
941 unsigned long bg; | |
942 { | |
943 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)) | |
944 { | |
945 GdkColor gdk_bg; | |
946 | |
947 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
948 xg_pix_to_gcolor (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), bg, &gdk_bg); | |
949 gtk_widget_modify_bg (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), GTK_STATE_NORMAL, &gdk_bg); | |
950 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
951 } | |
952 } | |
953 | |
954 | |
955 | |
956 /*********************************************************************** | |
957 Dialog functions | |
958 ***********************************************************************/ | |
959 /* Return the dialog title to use for a dialog of type KEY. | |
960 This is the encoding used by lwlib. We use the same for GTK. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
961 |
49323 | 962 static char * |
963 get_dialog_title (char key) | |
964 { | |
965 char *title = ""; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
966 |
49323 | 967 switch (key) { |
968 case 'E': case 'e': | |
969 title = "Error"; | |
970 break; | |
971 | |
972 case 'I': case 'i': | |
973 title = "Information"; | |
974 break; | |
975 | |
976 case 'L': case 'l': | |
977 title = "Prompt"; | |
978 break; | |
979 | |
980 case 'P': case 'p': | |
981 title = "Prompt"; | |
982 break; | |
983 | |
984 case 'Q': case 'q': | |
985 title = "Question"; | |
986 break; | |
987 } | |
988 | |
989 return title; | |
990 } | |
991 | |
992 /* Callback for dialogs that get WM_DELETE_WINDOW. We pop down | |
993 the dialog, but return TRUE so the event does not propagate further | |
994 in GTK. This prevents GTK from destroying the dialog widget automatically | |
995 and we can always destrou the widget manually, regardles of how | |
996 it was popped down (button press or WM_DELETE_WINDOW). | |
997 W is the dialog widget. | |
998 EVENT is the GdkEvent that represents WM_DELETE_WINDOW (not used). | |
999 user_data is NULL (not used). | |
1000 | |
1001 Returns TRUE to end propagation of event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1002 |
49323 | 1003 static gboolean |
1004 dialog_delete_callback (w, event, user_data) | |
1005 GtkWidget *w; | |
1006 GdkEvent *event; | |
1007 gpointer user_data; | |
1008 { | |
1009 gtk_widget_unmap (w); | |
1010 return TRUE; | |
1011 } | |
1012 | |
1013 /* Create a popup dialog window. See also xg_create_widget below. | |
1014 WV is a widget_value describing the dialog. | |
1015 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a button has been pressed. | |
1016 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when the dialog pops down. | |
1017 | |
1018 Returns the GTK dialog widget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1019 |
49323 | 1020 static GtkWidget * |
1021 create_dialog (wv, select_cb, deactivate_cb) | |
1022 widget_value *wv; | |
1023 GCallback select_cb; | |
1024 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
1025 { | |
1026 char *title = get_dialog_title (wv->name[0]); | |
1027 int total_buttons = wv->name[1] - '0'; | |
1028 int right_buttons = wv->name[4] - '0'; | |
1029 int left_buttons; | |
1030 int button_nr = 0; | |
1031 int button_spacing = 10; | |
1032 GtkWidget *wdialog = gtk_dialog_new (); | |
1033 widget_value *item; | |
1034 GtkBox *cur_box; | |
1035 GtkWidget *wvbox; | |
1036 GtkWidget *whbox_up; | |
1037 GtkWidget *whbox_down; | |
1038 | |
1039 /* If the number of buttons is greater than 4, make two rows of buttons | |
1040 instead. This looks better. */ | |
1041 int make_two_rows = total_buttons > 4; | |
1042 | |
1043 if (right_buttons == 0) right_buttons = total_buttons/2; | |
1044 left_buttons = total_buttons - right_buttons; | |
1045 | |
1046 gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (wdialog), title); | |
1047 gtk_widget_set_name (wdialog, "emacs-dialog"); | |
1048 | |
1049 cur_box = GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (wdialog)->action_area); | |
1050 | |
1051 if (make_two_rows) | |
1052 { | |
1053 wvbox = gtk_vbox_new (TRUE, button_spacing); | |
1054 whbox_up = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); | |
1055 whbox_down = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); | |
1056 | |
1057 gtk_box_pack_start (cur_box, wvbox, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1058 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wvbox), whbox_up, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1059 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wvbox), whbox_down, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1060 | |
1061 cur_box = GTK_BOX (whbox_up); | |
1062 } | |
1063 | |
1064 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wdialog), "delete-event", | |
1065 G_CALLBACK (dialog_delete_callback), 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1066 |
49323 | 1067 if (deactivate_cb) |
1068 { | |
1069 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wdialog), "close", deactivate_cb, 0); | |
1070 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wdialog), "response", deactivate_cb, 0); | |
1071 } | |
1072 | |
1073 for (item = wv->contents; item; item = item->next) | |
1074 { | |
1075 char *utf8_label = get_utf8_string (item->value); | |
1076 GtkWidget *w; | |
1077 GtkRequisition req; | |
1078 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
1079 if (item->name && strcmp (item->name, "message") == 0) |
49323 | 1080 { |
1081 /* This is the text part of the dialog. */ | |
1082 w = gtk_label_new (utf8_label); | |
1083 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (wdialog)->vbox), | |
1084 gtk_label_new (""), | |
1085 FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1086 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (wdialog)->vbox), w, | |
1087 TRUE, TRUE, 0); | |
1088 gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (w), 0.1, 0.5); | |
1089 | |
1090 /* Try to make dialog look better. Must realize first so | |
1091 the widget can calculate the size it needs. */ | |
1092 gtk_widget_realize (w); | |
1093 gtk_widget_size_request (w, &req); | |
1094 gtk_box_set_spacing (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (wdialog)->vbox), | |
1095 req.height); | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
1096 if (item->value && strlen (item->value) > 0) |
49323 | 1097 button_spacing = 2*req.width/strlen (item->value); |
1098 } | |
1099 else | |
1100 { | |
1101 /* This is one button to add to the dialog. */ | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1102 w = gtk_button_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1103 if (! item->enabled) |
1104 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); | |
1105 if (select_cb) | |
1106 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "clicked", | |
1107 select_cb, item->call_data); | |
1108 | |
1109 gtk_box_pack_start (cur_box, w, TRUE, TRUE, button_spacing); | |
1110 if (++button_nr == left_buttons) | |
1111 { | |
1112 if (make_two_rows) | |
1113 cur_box = GTK_BOX (whbox_down); | |
1114 else | |
1115 gtk_box_pack_start (cur_box, | |
1116 gtk_label_new (""), | |
1117 TRUE, TRUE, | |
1118 button_spacing); | |
1119 } | |
1120 } | |
1121 | |
1122 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != item->value) | |
1123 g_free (utf8_label); | |
1124 } | |
1125 | |
1126 return wdialog; | |
1127 } | |
1128 | |
1129 | |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1130 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1131 /*********************************************************************** |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1132 File dialog functions |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1133 ***********************************************************************/ |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1134 /* Function that is called when the file dialog pops down. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1135 W is the dialog widget, RESPONSE is the response code. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1136 USER_DATA is what we passed in to g_signal_connect (pointer to int). */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1137 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1138 static void |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1139 xg_file_response_cb (w, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1140 response, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1141 user_data) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1142 GtkDialog *w; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1143 gint response; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1144 gpointer user_data; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1145 { |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1146 int *ptr = (int *) user_data; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1147 *ptr = response; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1148 } |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1149 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1150 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1151 /* Destroy the dialog. This makes it pop down. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1152 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1153 static Lisp_Object |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1154 pop_down_file_dialog (arg) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1155 Lisp_Object arg; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1156 { |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1157 struct Lisp_Save_Value *p = XSAVE_VALUE (arg); |
58201
d433adb0e42c
Add BLOCK_INPUT in pop_down_file_dialog.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58200
diff
changeset
|
1158 BLOCK_INPUT; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1159 gtk_widget_destroy (GTK_WIDGET (p->pointer)); |
58201
d433adb0e42c
Add BLOCK_INPUT in pop_down_file_dialog.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58200
diff
changeset
|
1160 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1161 return Qnil; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1162 } |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1163 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1164 typedef char * (*xg_get_file_func) P_ ((GtkWidget *)); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1165 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1166 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_DIALOG_NEW |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1167 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1168 /* Return the selected file for file chooser dialog W. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1169 The returned string must be free:d. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1170 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1171 static char * |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1172 xg_get_file_name_from_chooser (w) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1173 GtkWidget *w; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1174 { |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1175 return gtk_file_chooser_get_filename (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (w)); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1176 } |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1177 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1178 /* Read a file name from the user using a file chooser dialog. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1179 F is the current frame. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1180 PROMPT is a prompt to show to the user. May not be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1181 DEFAULT_FILENAME is a default selection to be displayed. May be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1182 If MUSTMATCH_P is non-zero, the returned file name must be an existing |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1183 file. *FUNC is set to a function that can be used to retrieve the |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1184 selected file name from the returned widget. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1185 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1186 Returns the created widget. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1187 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1188 static GtkWidget * |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1189 xg_get_file_with_chooser (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1190 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, func) |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1191 FRAME_PTR f; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1192 char *prompt; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1193 char *default_filename; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1194 int mustmatch_p, only_dir_p; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1195 xg_get_file_func *func; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1196 { |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1197 GtkWidget *filewin; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1198 GtkWindow *gwin = GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)); |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1199 GtkFileChooserAction action = (mustmatch_p ? |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1200 GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN : |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1201 GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE); |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1202 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1203 if (only_dir_p) |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1204 action = GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1205 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1206 filewin = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (prompt, gwin, action, |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1207 GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1208 (mustmatch_p || only_dir_p ? |
57900
a76858072e78
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Use GTK_STOCK_OK instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57868
diff
changeset
|
1209 GTK_STOCK_OPEN : GTK_STOCK_OK), |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1210 GTK_RESPONSE_OK, |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1211 NULL); |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1212 gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), TRUE); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1213 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1214 if (default_filename) |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1215 { |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1216 Lisp_Object file; |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1217 struct gcpro gcpro1; |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1218 GCPRO1 (file); |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1219 |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1220 file = build_string (default_filename); |
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1221 |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1222 /* File chooser does not understand ~/... in the file name. It must be |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1223 an absolute name starting with /. */ |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1224 if (default_filename[0] != '/') |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1225 file = Fexpand_file_name (file, Qnil); |
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1226 |
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1227 default_filename = SDATA (file); |
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1228 if (Ffile_directory_p (file)) |
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1229 gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), |
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1230 default_filename); |
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1231 else |
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1232 gtk_file_chooser_set_filename (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), |
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1233 default_filename); |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1234 |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1235 UNGCPRO; |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1236 } |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1237 |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1238 *func = xg_get_file_name_from_chooser; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1239 return filewin; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1240 } |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1241 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_DIALOG_NEW */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1242 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1243 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1244 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1245 /* Return the selected file for file selector dialog W. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1246 The returned string must be free:d. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1247 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1248 static char * |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1249 xg_get_file_name_from_selector (w) |
49323 | 1250 GtkWidget *w; |
1251 { | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1252 GtkFileSelection *filesel = GTK_FILE_SELECTION (w); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1253 return xstrdup ((char*) gtk_file_selection_get_filename (filesel)); |
49323 | 1254 } |
1255 | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1256 /* Create a file selection dialog. |
49323 | 1257 F is the current frame. |
1258 PROMPT is a prompt to show to the user. May not be NULL. | |
1259 DEFAULT_FILENAME is a default selection to be displayed. May be NULL. | |
1260 If MUSTMATCH_P is non-zero, the returned file name must be an existing | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1261 file. *FUNC is set to a function that can be used to retrieve the |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1262 selected file name from the returned widget. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1263 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1264 Returns the created widget. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1265 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1266 static GtkWidget * |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1267 xg_get_file_with_selection (f, prompt, default_filename, |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1268 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, func) |
49323 | 1269 FRAME_PTR f; |
1270 char *prompt; | |
1271 char *default_filename; | |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1272 int mustmatch_p, only_dir_p; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1273 xg_get_file_func *func; |
49323 | 1274 { |
1275 GtkWidget *filewin; | |
1276 GtkFileSelection *filesel; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1277 |
49323 | 1278 filewin = gtk_file_selection_new (prompt); |
1279 filesel = GTK_FILE_SELECTION (filewin); | |
1280 | |
1281 if (default_filename) | |
1282 gtk_file_selection_set_filename (filesel, default_filename); | |
1283 | |
1284 if (mustmatch_p) | |
1285 { | |
1286 /* The selection_entry part of filesel is not documented. */ | |
1287 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (filesel->selection_entry, FALSE); | |
1288 gtk_file_selection_hide_fileop_buttons (filesel); | |
1289 } | |
1290 | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1291 *func = xg_get_file_name_from_selector; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1292 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1293 return filewin; |
49323 | 1294 } |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1295 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1296 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1297 /* Read a file name from the user using a file dialog, either the old |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1298 file selection dialog, or the new file chooser dialog. Which to use |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1299 depends on what the GTK version used has, and what the value of |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1300 gtk-use-old-file-dialog. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1301 F is the current frame. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1302 PROMPT is a prompt to show to the user. May not be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1303 DEFAULT_FILENAME is a default selection to be displayed. May be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1304 If MUSTMATCH_P is non-zero, the returned file name must be an existing |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1305 file. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1306 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1307 Returns a file name or NULL if no file was selected. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1308 The returned string must be freed by the caller. */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1309 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1310 char * |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1311 xg_get_file_name (f, prompt, default_filename, mustmatch_p, only_dir_p) |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1312 FRAME_PTR f; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1313 char *prompt; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1314 char *default_filename; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1315 int mustmatch_p, only_dir_p; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1316 { |
58284
10efc827e15c
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_name): Fix typo in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58201
diff
changeset
|
1317 GtkWidget *w = 0; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1318 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1319 char *fn = 0; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1320 int filesel_done = 0; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1321 xg_get_file_func func; |
59666
77c91b49b403
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Remove unused variable bw.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59420
diff
changeset
|
1322 extern int x_use_old_gtk_file_dialog; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1323 |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1324 #if defined (HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD) && defined (__SIGRTMIN) |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1325 /* I really don't know why this is needed, but without this the GLIBC add on |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1326 library linuxthreads hangs when the Gnome file chooser backend creates |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1327 threads. */ |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1328 sigblock (sigmask (__SIGRTMIN)); |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1329 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD */ |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1330 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1331 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH |
58463
86fddd350b35
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_name): Rename use-old-gtk-file-dialog to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58284
diff
changeset
|
1332 |
86fddd350b35
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_name): Rename use-old-gtk-file-dialog to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58284
diff
changeset
|
1333 if (x_use_old_gtk_file_dialog) |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1334 w = xg_get_file_with_selection (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1335 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1336 else |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1337 w = xg_get_file_with_chooser (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1338 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1339 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1340 #else /* not HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1341 |
58284
10efc827e15c
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_name): Fix typo in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58201
diff
changeset
|
1342 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1343 w = xg_get_file_with_selection (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1344 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1345 #endif |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1346 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_DIALOG_NEW |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1347 w = xg_get_file_with_chooser (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1348 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1349 #endif |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1350 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1351 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH */ |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1352 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1353 xg_set_screen (w, f); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1354 gtk_widget_set_name (w, "emacs-filedialog"); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1355 gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (w), |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1356 GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1357 gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1358 gtk_window_set_modal (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1359 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1360 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1361 "response", |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1362 G_CALLBACK (xg_file_response_cb), |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1363 &filesel_done); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1364 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1365 /* Don't destroy the widget if closed by the window manager close button. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1366 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "delete-event", G_CALLBACK (gtk_true), NULL); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1367 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1368 gtk_widget_show (w); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1369 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1370 record_unwind_protect (pop_down_file_dialog, make_save_value (w, 0)); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1371 while (! filesel_done) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1372 { |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1373 x_menu_wait_for_event (0); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1374 gtk_main_iteration (); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1375 } |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1376 |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1377 #if defined (HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD) && defined (__SIGRTMIN) |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1378 sigunblock (sigmask (__SIGRTMIN)); |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1379 #endif |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1380 |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1381 if (filesel_done == GTK_RESPONSE_OK) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1382 fn = (*func) (w); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1383 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1384 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1385 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1386 return fn; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1387 } |
49323 | 1388 |
1389 | |
1390 /*********************************************************************** | |
1391 Menu functions. | |
1392 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1393 | |
1394 /* The name of menu items that can be used for citomization. Since GTK | |
1395 RC files are very crude and primitive, we have to set this on all | |
1396 menu item names so a user can easily cutomize menu items. */ | |
1397 | |
1398 #define MENU_ITEM_NAME "emacs-menuitem" | |
1399 | |
1400 | |
1401 /* Linked list of all allocated struct xg_menu_cb_data. Used for marking | |
1402 during GC. The next member points to the items. */ | |
1403 static xg_list_node xg_menu_cb_list; | |
1404 | |
1405 /* Linked list of all allocated struct xg_menu_item_cb_data. Used for marking | |
1406 during GC. The next member points to the items. */ | |
1407 static xg_list_node xg_menu_item_cb_list; | |
1408 | |
1409 /* Allocate and initialize CL_DATA if NULL, otherwise increase ref_count. | |
1410 F is the frame CL_DATA will be initialized for. | |
1411 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
1412 | |
1413 The menu bar and all sub menus under the menu bar in a frame | |
1414 share the same structure, hence the reference count. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1415 |
49323 | 1416 Returns CL_DATA if CL_DATA is not NULL, or a pointer to a newly |
1417 allocated xg_menu_cb_data if CL_DATA is NULL. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1418 |
49323 | 1419 static xg_menu_cb_data * |
1420 make_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb) | |
1421 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
1422 FRAME_PTR f; | |
1423 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
1424 { | |
1425 if (! cl_data) | |
1426 { | |
1427 cl_data = (xg_menu_cb_data*) xmalloc (sizeof (*cl_data)); | |
1428 cl_data->f = f; | |
1429 cl_data->menu_bar_vector = f->menu_bar_vector; | |
1430 cl_data->menu_bar_items_used = f->menu_bar_items_used; | |
1431 cl_data->highlight_cb = highlight_cb; | |
1432 cl_data->ref_count = 0; | |
1433 | |
1434 xg_list_insert (&xg_menu_cb_list, &cl_data->ptrs); | |
1435 } | |
1436 | |
1437 cl_data->ref_count++; | |
1438 | |
1439 return cl_data; | |
1440 } | |
1441 | |
1442 /* Update CL_DATA with values from frame F and with HIGHLIGHT_CB. | |
1443 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
1444 | |
1445 When the menu bar is updated, menu items may have been added and/or | |
1446 removed, so menu_bar_vector and menu_bar_items_used change. We must | |
1447 then update CL_DATA since it is used to determine which menu | |
1448 item that is invoked in the menu. | |
1449 HIGHLIGHT_CB could change, there is no check that the same | |
1450 function is given when modifying a menu bar as was given when | |
1451 creating the menu bar. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1452 |
49323 | 1453 static void |
1454 update_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb) | |
1455 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
1456 FRAME_PTR f; | |
1457 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
1458 { | |
1459 if (cl_data) | |
1460 { | |
1461 cl_data->f = f; | |
1462 cl_data->menu_bar_vector = f->menu_bar_vector; | |
1463 cl_data->menu_bar_items_used = f->menu_bar_items_used; | |
1464 cl_data->highlight_cb = highlight_cb; | |
1465 } | |
1466 } | |
1467 | |
1468 /* Decrease reference count for CL_DATA. | |
1469 If reference count is zero, free CL_DATA. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1470 |
49323 | 1471 static void |
1472 unref_cl_data (cl_data) | |
1473 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
1474 { | |
1475 if (cl_data && cl_data->ref_count > 0) | |
1476 { | |
1477 cl_data->ref_count--; | |
1478 if (cl_data->ref_count == 0) | |
1479 { | |
1480 xg_list_remove (&xg_menu_cb_list, &cl_data->ptrs); | |
1481 xfree (cl_data); | |
1482 } | |
1483 } | |
1484 } | |
1485 | |
1486 /* Function that marks all lisp data during GC. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1487 |
49323 | 1488 void |
1489 xg_mark_data () | |
1490 { | |
1491 xg_list_node *iter; | |
1492 | |
1493 for (iter = xg_menu_cb_list.next; iter; iter = iter->next) | |
52080
c150d4a7aa36
gtkutil.c (xg_mark_data): Update calls to mark_object.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51569
diff
changeset
|
1494 mark_object (((xg_menu_cb_data *) iter)->menu_bar_vector); |
49323 | 1495 |
1496 for (iter = xg_menu_item_cb_list.next; iter; iter = iter->next) | |
1497 { | |
1498 xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data *) iter; | |
1499 | |
1500 if (! NILP (cb_data->help)) | |
52080
c150d4a7aa36
gtkutil.c (xg_mark_data): Update calls to mark_object.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51569
diff
changeset
|
1501 mark_object (cb_data->help); |
49323 | 1502 } |
1503 } | |
1504 | |
1505 | |
1506 /* Callback called when a menu item is destroyed. Used to free data. | |
1507 W is the widget that is being destroyed (not used). | |
1508 CLIENT_DATA points to the xg_menu_item_cb_data associated with the W. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1509 |
49323 | 1510 static void |
1511 menuitem_destroy_callback (w, client_data) | |
1512 GtkWidget *w; | |
1513 gpointer client_data; | |
1514 { | |
1515 if (client_data) | |
1516 { | |
1517 xg_menu_item_cb_data *data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data*) client_data; | |
1518 xg_list_remove (&xg_menu_item_cb_list, &data->ptrs); | |
1519 xfree (data); | |
1520 } | |
1521 } | |
1522 | |
1523 /* Callback called when the pointer enters/leaves a menu item. | |
1524 W is the menu item. | |
1525 EVENT is either an enter event or leave event. | |
1526 CLIENT_DATA points to the xg_menu_item_cb_data associated with the W. | |
1527 | |
1528 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1529 |
49323 | 1530 static gboolean |
1531 menuitem_highlight_callback (w, event, client_data) | |
1532 GtkWidget *w; | |
1533 GdkEventCrossing *event; | |
1534 gpointer client_data; | |
1535 { | |
1536 if (client_data) | |
1537 { | |
1538 xg_menu_item_cb_data *data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data*) client_data; | |
1539 gpointer call_data = event->type == GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY ? 0 : client_data; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1540 |
49323 | 1541 if (! NILP (data->help) && data->cl_data->highlight_cb) |
1542 { | |
1543 GtkCallback func = (GtkCallback) data->cl_data->highlight_cb; | |
1544 (*func) (w, call_data); | |
1545 } | |
1546 } | |
1547 | |
1548 return FALSE; | |
1549 } | |
1550 | |
1551 /* Callback called when a menu is destroyed. Used to free data. | |
1552 W is the widget that is being destroyed (not used). | |
1553 CLIENT_DATA points to the xg_menu_cb_data associated with W. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1554 |
49323 | 1555 static void |
1556 menu_destroy_callback (w, client_data) | |
1557 GtkWidget *w; | |
1558 gpointer client_data; | |
1559 { | |
1560 unref_cl_data ((xg_menu_cb_data*) client_data); | |
1561 } | |
1562 | |
1563 /* Callback called when a menu does a grab or ungrab. That means the | |
1564 menu has been activated or deactivated. | |
1565 Used to start a timer so the small timeout the menus in GTK uses before | |
1566 popping down a menu is seen by Emacs (see xg_process_timeouts above). | |
1567 W is the widget that does the grab (not used). | |
1568 UNGRAB_P is TRUE if this is an ungrab, FALSE if it is a grab. | |
1569 CLIENT_DATA is NULL (not used). */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1570 |
49323 | 1571 static void |
1572 menu_grab_callback (GtkWidget *widget, | |
1573 gboolean ungrab_p, | |
1574 gpointer client_data) | |
1575 { | |
1576 /* Keep track of total number of grabs. */ | |
1577 static int cnt; | |
1578 | |
1579 if (ungrab_p) cnt--; | |
1580 else cnt++; | |
1581 | |
1582 if (cnt > 0 && ! xg_timer) xg_start_timer (); | |
1583 else if (cnt == 0 && xg_timer) xg_stop_timer (); | |
1584 } | |
1585 | |
1586 /* Make a GTK widget that contains both UTF8_LABEL and UTF8_KEY (both | |
1587 must be non-NULL) and can be inserted into a menu item. | |
1588 | |
1589 Returns the GtkHBox. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1590 |
49323 | 1591 static GtkWidget * |
1592 make_widget_for_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key) | |
1593 char *utf8_label; | |
1594 char *utf8_key; | |
1595 { | |
1596 GtkWidget *wlbl; | |
1597 GtkWidget *wkey; | |
1598 GtkWidget *wbox; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1599 |
49323 | 1600 wbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1601 wlbl = gtk_label_new (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1602 wkey = gtk_label_new (utf8_key); |
1603 | |
1604 gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (wlbl), 0.0, 0.5); | |
1605 gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (wkey), 0.0, 0.5); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1606 |
49323 | 1607 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wlbl, TRUE, TRUE, 0); |
1608 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wkey, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1609 | |
1610 gtk_widget_set_name (wlbl, MENU_ITEM_NAME); | |
1611 gtk_widget_set_name (wkey, MENU_ITEM_NAME); | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
1612 gtk_widget_set_name (wbox, MENU_ITEM_NAME); |
49323 | 1613 |
1614 return wbox; | |
1615 } | |
1616 | |
1617 /* Make and return a menu item widget with the key to the right. | |
1618 UTF8_LABEL is the text for the menu item (GTK uses UTF8 internally). | |
1619 UTF8_KEY is the text representing the key binding. | |
1620 ITEM is the widget_value describing the menu item. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1621 |
49323 | 1622 GROUP is an in/out parameter. If the menu item to be created is not |
1623 part of any radio menu group, *GROUP contains NULL on entry and exit. | |
1624 If the menu item to be created is part of a radio menu group, on entry | |
1625 *GROUP contains the group to use, or NULL if this is the first item | |
1626 in the group. On exit, *GROUP contains the radio item group. | |
1627 | |
1628 Unfortunately, keys don't line up as nicely as in Motif, | |
1629 but the MacOS X version doesn't either, so I guess that is OK. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1630 |
49323 | 1631 static GtkWidget * |
1632 make_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key, item, group) | |
1633 char *utf8_label; | |
1634 char *utf8_key; | |
1635 widget_value *item; | |
1636 GSList **group; | |
1637 { | |
1638 GtkWidget *w; | |
1639 GtkWidget *wtoadd = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1640 |
51432
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1641 /* It has been observed that some menu items have a NULL name field. |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1642 This will lead to this function being called with a NULL utf8_label. |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1643 GTK crashes on that so we set a blank label. Why there is a NULL |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1644 name remains to be investigated. */ |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1645 if (! utf8_label) utf8_label = " "; |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1646 |
49323 | 1647 if (utf8_key) |
1648 wtoadd = make_widget_for_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1649 |
49323 | 1650 if (item->button_type == BUTTON_TYPE_TOGGLE) |
1651 { | |
1652 *group = NULL; | |
1653 if (utf8_key) w = gtk_check_menu_item_new (); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1654 else w = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1655 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), item->selected); |
1656 } | |
1657 else if (item->button_type == BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO) | |
1658 { | |
1659 if (utf8_key) w = gtk_radio_menu_item_new (*group); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1660 else w = gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_label (*group, utf8_label); |
49323 | 1661 *group = gtk_radio_menu_item_get_group (GTK_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (w)); |
1662 if (item->selected) | |
1663 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), TRUE); | |
1664 } | |
1665 else | |
1666 { | |
1667 *group = NULL; | |
1668 if (utf8_key) w = gtk_menu_item_new (); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1669 else w = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1670 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1671 |
49323 | 1672 if (wtoadd) gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wtoadd); |
1673 if (! item->enabled) gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); | |
1674 | |
1675 return w; | |
1676 } | |
1677 | |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1678 /* Return non-zero if LABEL specifies a separator (GTK only has one |
49323 | 1679 separator type) */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1680 |
49323 | 1681 static int |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1682 xg_separator_p (char *label) |
49323 | 1683 { |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1684 if (! label) return 0; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1685 else if (strlen (label) > 3 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1686 && strncmp (label, "--", 2) == 0 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1687 && label[2] != '-') |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1688 { |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1689 static char* separator_names[] = { |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1690 "space", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1691 "no-line", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1692 "single-line", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1693 "double-line", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1694 "single-dashed-line", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1695 "double-dashed-line", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1696 "shadow-etched-in", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1697 "shadow-etched-out", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1698 "shadow-etched-in-dash", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1699 "shadow-etched-out-dash", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1700 "shadow-double-etched-in", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1701 "shadow-double-etched-out", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1702 "shadow-double-etched-in-dash", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1703 "shadow-double-etched-out-dash", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1704 0, |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1705 }; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1706 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1707 int i; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1708 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1709 label += 2; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1710 for (i = 0; separator_names[i]; ++i) |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1711 if (strcmp (label, separator_names[i]) == 0) |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1712 return 1; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1713 } |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1714 else |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1715 { |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1716 /* Old-style separator, maybe. It's a separator if it contains |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1717 only dashes. */ |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1718 while (*label == '-') |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1719 ++label; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1720 if (*label == 0) return 1; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1721 } |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1722 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1723 return 0; |
49323 | 1724 } |
1725 | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1726 static int xg_detached_menus; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1727 |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1728 /* Returns non-zero if there are detached menus. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1729 |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1730 int |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1731 xg_have_tear_offs () |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1732 { |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1733 return xg_detached_menus > 0; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1734 } |
49323 | 1735 |
1736 /* Callback invoked when a detached menu window is removed. Here we | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1737 decrease the xg_detached_menus count. |
49323 | 1738 WIDGET is the top level window that is removed (the parent of the menu). |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1739 CLIENT_DATA is not used. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1740 |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1741 static void |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1742 tearoff_remove (widget, client_data) |
49323 | 1743 GtkWidget *widget; |
1744 gpointer client_data; | |
1745 { | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1746 if (xg_detached_menus > 0) --xg_detached_menus; |
49323 | 1747 } |
1748 | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1749 /* Callback invoked when a menu is detached. It increases the |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1750 xg_detached_menus count. |
49323 | 1751 WIDGET is the GtkTearoffMenuItem. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1752 CLIENT_DATA is not used. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1753 |
49323 | 1754 static void |
1755 tearoff_activate (widget, client_data) | |
1756 GtkWidget *widget; | |
1757 gpointer client_data; | |
1758 { | |
1759 GtkWidget *menu = gtk_widget_get_parent (widget); | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1760 if (gtk_menu_get_tearoff_state (GTK_MENU (menu))) |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1761 { |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1762 ++xg_detached_menus; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1763 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget)), |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1764 "destroy", |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1765 G_CALLBACK (tearoff_remove), 0); |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1766 } |
49323 | 1767 } |
1768 | |
1769 | |
1770 /* Create a menu item widget, and connect the callbacks. | |
1771 ITEM decribes the menu item. | |
1772 F is the frame the created menu belongs to. | |
1773 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
1774 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
1775 CL_DATA points to the callback data to be used for this menu. | |
1776 GROUP is an in/out parameter. If the menu item to be created is not | |
1777 part of any radio menu group, *GROUP contains NULL on entry and exit. | |
1778 If the menu item to be created is part of a radio menu group, on entry | |
1779 *GROUP contains the group to use, or NULL if this is the first item | |
1780 in the group. On exit, *GROUP contains the radio item group. | |
1781 | |
1782 Returns the created GtkWidget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1783 |
49323 | 1784 static GtkWidget * |
1785 xg_create_one_menuitem (item, f, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data, group) | |
1786 widget_value *item; | |
1787 FRAME_PTR f; | |
1788 GCallback select_cb; | |
1789 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
1790 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
1791 GSList **group; | |
1792 { | |
1793 char *utf8_label; | |
1794 char *utf8_key; | |
1795 GtkWidget *w; | |
1796 xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data; | |
1797 | |
1798 utf8_label = get_utf8_string (item->name); | |
1799 utf8_key = get_utf8_string (item->key); | |
1800 | |
1801 w = make_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key, item, group); | |
1802 | |
1803 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != item->name) g_free (utf8_label); | |
1804 if (utf8_key && utf8_key != item->key) g_free (utf8_key); | |
1805 | |
1806 cb_data = xmalloc (sizeof (xg_menu_item_cb_data)); | |
1807 | |
1808 xg_list_insert (&xg_menu_item_cb_list, &cb_data->ptrs); | |
1809 | |
1810 cb_data->unhighlight_id = cb_data->highlight_id = cb_data->select_id = 0; | |
1811 cb_data->help = item->help; | |
1812 cb_data->cl_data = cl_data; | |
1813 cb_data->call_data = item->call_data; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1814 |
49323 | 1815 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), |
1816 "destroy", | |
1817 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_destroy_callback), | |
1818 cb_data); | |
1819 | |
1820 /* Put cb_data in widget, so we can get at it when modifying menubar */ | |
1821 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_ITEM_DATA, cb_data); | |
1822 | |
1823 /* final item, not a submenu */ | |
1824 if (item->call_data && ! item->contents) | |
1825 { | |
1826 if (select_cb) | |
1827 cb_data->select_id | |
1828 = g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "activate", select_cb, cb_data); | |
1829 } | |
1830 | |
1831 if (! NILP (item->help) && highlight_cb) | |
1832 { | |
1833 /* We use enter/leave notify instead of select/deselect because | |
1834 select/deselect doesn't go well with detached menus. */ | |
1835 cb_data->highlight_id | |
1836 = g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), | |
1837 "enter-notify-event", | |
1838 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_highlight_callback), | |
1839 cb_data); | |
1840 cb_data->unhighlight_id | |
1841 = g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), | |
1842 "leave-notify-event", | |
1843 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_highlight_callback), | |
1844 cb_data); | |
1845 } | |
1846 | |
1847 return w; | |
1848 } | |
1849 | |
50112
50df9e41f1a3
Add prototype for create_menus.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50108
diff
changeset
|
1850 static GtkWidget *create_menus P_ ((widget_value *, FRAME_PTR, GCallback, |
50df9e41f1a3
Add prototype for create_menus.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50108
diff
changeset
|
1851 GCallback, GCallback, int, int, int, |
50df9e41f1a3
Add prototype for create_menus.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50108
diff
changeset
|
1852 GtkWidget *, xg_menu_cb_data *, char *)); |
50df9e41f1a3
Add prototype for create_menus.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50108
diff
changeset
|
1853 |
49323 | 1854 /* Create a full menu tree specified by DATA. |
1855 F is the frame the created menu belongs to. | |
1856 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
1857 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when a sub menu is not shown anymore. | |
1858 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
1859 POP_UP_P is non-zero if we shall create a popup menu. | |
1860 MENU_BAR_P is non-zero if we shall create a menu bar. | |
1861 ADD_TEAROFF_P is non-zero if we shall add a teroff menu item. Ignored | |
1862 if MENU_BAR_P is non-zero. | |
1863 TOPMENU is the topmost GtkWidget that others shall be placed under. | |
1864 It may be NULL, in that case we create the appropriate widget | |
1865 (menu bar or menu item depending on POP_UP_P and MENU_BAR_P) | |
1866 CL_DATA is the callback data we shall use for this menu, or NULL | |
1867 if we haven't set the first callback yet. | |
1868 NAME is the name to give to the top level menu if this function | |
1869 creates it. May be NULL to not set any name. | |
1870 | |
1871 Returns the top level GtkWidget. This is TOPLEVEL if TOPLEVEL is | |
1872 not NULL. | |
1873 | |
1874 This function calls itself to create submenus. */ | |
1875 | |
1876 static GtkWidget * | |
1877 create_menus (data, f, select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb, | |
1878 pop_up_p, menu_bar_p, add_tearoff_p, topmenu, cl_data, name) | |
1879 widget_value *data; | |
1880 FRAME_PTR f; | |
1881 GCallback select_cb; | |
1882 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
1883 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
1884 int pop_up_p; | |
1885 int menu_bar_p; | |
1886 int add_tearoff_p; | |
1887 GtkWidget *topmenu; | |
1888 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
1889 char *name; | |
1890 { | |
1891 widget_value *item; | |
1892 GtkWidget *wmenu = topmenu; | |
1893 GSList *group = NULL; | |
1894 | |
1895 if (! topmenu) | |
1896 { | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
1897 if (! menu_bar_p) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
1898 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
1899 wmenu = gtk_menu_new (); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
1900 xg_set_screen (wmenu, f); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
1901 } |
49323 | 1902 else wmenu = gtk_menu_bar_new (); |
1903 | |
1904 /* Put cl_data on the top menu for easier access. */ | |
1905 cl_data = make_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb); | |
1906 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wmenu), XG_FRAME_DATA, (gpointer)cl_data); | |
1907 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), "destroy", | |
1908 G_CALLBACK (menu_destroy_callback), cl_data); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1909 |
49323 | 1910 if (name) |
1911 gtk_widget_set_name (wmenu, name); | |
1912 | |
1913 if (deactivate_cb) | |
1914 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), | |
59913
b3664fca53d1
* gtkutil.c (create_menus): Connect selection-done event instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59666
diff
changeset
|
1915 "selection-done", deactivate_cb, 0); |
49323 | 1916 |
1917 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), | |
1918 "grab-notify", G_CALLBACK (menu_grab_callback), 0); | |
1919 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1920 |
49323 | 1921 if (! menu_bar_p && add_tearoff_p) |
1922 { | |
1923 GtkWidget *tearoff = gtk_tearoff_menu_item_new (); | |
1924 gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (wmenu), tearoff); | |
1925 | |
1926 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (tearoff), "activate", | |
1927 G_CALLBACK (tearoff_activate), 0); | |
1928 } | |
1929 | |
1930 for (item = data; item; item = item->next) | |
1931 { | |
1932 GtkWidget *w; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1933 |
49323 | 1934 if (pop_up_p && !item->contents && !item->call_data |
1935 && !xg_separator_p (item->name)) | |
1936 { | |
1937 char *utf8_label; | |
1938 /* A title for a popup. We do the same as GTK does when | |
1939 creating titles, but it does not look good. */ | |
1940 group = NULL; | |
1941 utf8_label = get_utf8_string (item->name); | |
1942 | |
1943 gtk_menu_set_title (GTK_MENU (wmenu), utf8_label); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1944 w = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1945 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); |
1946 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != item->name) g_free (utf8_label); | |
1947 } | |
1948 else if (xg_separator_p (item->name)) | |
1949 { | |
1950 group = NULL; | |
1951 /* GTK only have one separator type. */ | |
1952 w = gtk_separator_menu_item_new (); | |
1953 } | |
1954 else | |
1955 { | |
1956 w = xg_create_one_menuitem (item, | |
1957 f, | |
1958 item->contents ? 0 : select_cb, | |
1959 highlight_cb, | |
1960 cl_data, | |
1961 &group); | |
1962 | |
1963 if (item->contents) | |
1964 { | |
1965 GtkWidget *submenu = create_menus (item->contents, | |
1966 f, | |
1967 select_cb, | |
1968 deactivate_cb, | |
1969 highlight_cb, | |
1970 0, | |
1971 0, | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1972 add_tearoff_p, |
49323 | 1973 0, |
1974 cl_data, | |
1975 0); | |
1976 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (w), submenu); | |
1977 } | |
1978 } | |
1979 | |
1980 gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (wmenu), w); | |
1981 gtk_widget_set_name (w, MENU_ITEM_NAME); | |
1982 } | |
1983 | |
1984 return wmenu; | |
1985 } | |
1986 | |
1987 /* Create a menubar, popup menu or dialog, depending on the TYPE argument. | |
1988 TYPE can be "menubar", "popup" for popup menu, or "dialog" for a dialog | |
1989 with some text and buttons. | |
1990 F is the frame the created item belongs to. | |
1991 NAME is the name to use for the top widget. | |
1992 VAL is a widget_value structure describing items to be created. | |
1993 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected or | |
1994 a dialog button is pressed. | |
1995 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when an item is deactivated. | |
1996 For a menu, when a sub menu is not shown anymore, for a dialog it is | |
1997 called when the dialog is popped down. | |
1998 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
1999 | |
2000 Returns the widget created. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2001 |
49323 | 2002 GtkWidget * |
2003 xg_create_widget (type, name, f, val, | |
2004 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb) | |
2005 char *type; | |
2006 char *name; | |
2007 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2008 widget_value *val; | |
2009 GCallback select_cb; | |
2010 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
2011 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2012 { | |
2013 GtkWidget *w = 0; | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2014 int menu_bar_p = strcmp (type, "menubar") == 0; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2015 int pop_up_p = strcmp (type, "popup") == 0; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2016 |
49323 | 2017 if (strcmp (type, "dialog") == 0) |
2018 { | |
2019 w = create_dialog (val, select_cb, deactivate_cb); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2020 xg_set_screen (w, f); |
49323 | 2021 gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (w), |
2022 GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); | |
2023 gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2024 gtk_widget_set_name (w, "emacs-dialog"); |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
2025 gtk_window_set_modal (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
49323 | 2026 } |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2027 else if (menu_bar_p || pop_up_p) |
49323 | 2028 { |
2029 w = create_menus (val->contents, | |
2030 f, | |
2031 select_cb, | |
2032 deactivate_cb, | |
2033 highlight_cb, | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2034 pop_up_p, |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2035 menu_bar_p, |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2036 menu_bar_p, |
49323 | 2037 0, |
2038 0, | |
2039 name); | |
2040 | |
2041 /* Set the cursor to an arrow for popup menus when they are mapped. | |
2042 This is done by default for menu bar menus. */ | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2043 if (pop_up_p) |
49323 | 2044 { |
2045 /* Must realize so the GdkWindow inside the widget is created. */ | |
2046 gtk_widget_realize (w); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2047 xg_set_cursor (w, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->xg_cursor); |
49323 | 2048 } |
2049 } | |
2050 else | |
2051 { | |
2052 fprintf (stderr, "bad type in xg_create_widget: %s, doing nothing\n", | |
2053 type); | |
2054 } | |
2055 | |
2056 return w; | |
2057 } | |
2058 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2059 /* Return the label for menu item WITEM. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2060 |
49323 | 2061 static const char * |
2062 xg_get_menu_item_label (witem) | |
2063 GtkMenuItem *witem; | |
2064 { | |
2065 GtkLabel *wlabel = GTK_LABEL (gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (witem))); | |
2066 return gtk_label_get_label (wlabel); | |
2067 } | |
2068 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2069 /* Return non-zero if the menu item WITEM has the text LABEL. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2070 |
49323 | 2071 static int |
2072 xg_item_label_same_p (witem, label) | |
2073 GtkMenuItem *witem; | |
2074 char *label; | |
2075 { | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2076 int is_same = 0; |
49323 | 2077 char *utf8_label = get_utf8_string (label); |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2078 const char *old_label = witem ? xg_get_menu_item_label (witem) : 0; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2079 |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2080 if (! old_label && ! utf8_label) |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2081 is_same = 1; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2082 else if (old_label && utf8_label) |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2083 is_same = strcmp (utf8_label, old_label) == 0; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2084 |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2085 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != label) g_free (utf8_label); |
49323 | 2086 |
2087 return is_same; | |
2088 } | |
2089 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2090 /* Destroy widgets in LIST. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2091 |
49323 | 2092 static void |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2093 xg_destroy_widgets (list) |
49323 | 2094 GList *list; |
2095 { | |
2096 GList *iter; | |
2097 | |
49572 | 2098 for (iter = list; iter; iter = g_list_next (iter)) |
49323 | 2099 { |
2100 GtkWidget *w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); | |
2101 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2102 /* Destroying the widget will remove it from the container it is in. */ |
49323 | 2103 gtk_widget_destroy (w); |
2104 } | |
2105 } | |
2106 | |
2107 /* Update the top level names in MENUBAR (i.e. not submenus). | |
2108 F is the frame the menu bar belongs to. | |
49572 | 2109 *LIST is a list with the current menu bar names (menu item widgets). |
2110 ITER is the item within *LIST that shall be updated. | |
2111 POS is the numerical position, starting at 0, of ITER in *LIST. | |
49323 | 2112 VAL describes what the menu bar shall look like after the update. |
2113 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2114 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
49572 | 2115 CL_DATA points to the callback data to be used for this menu bar. |
49323 | 2116 |
2117 This function calls itself to walk through the menu bar names. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2118 |
49323 | 2119 static void |
49572 | 2120 xg_update_menubar (menubar, f, list, iter, pos, val, |
2121 select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data) | |
49323 | 2122 GtkWidget *menubar; |
2123 FRAME_PTR f; | |
49572 | 2124 GList **list; |
2125 GList *iter; | |
2126 int pos; | |
49323 | 2127 widget_value *val; |
2128 GCallback select_cb; | |
2129 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2130 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2131 { | |
49572 | 2132 if (! iter && ! val) |
49323 | 2133 return; |
49572 | 2134 else if (iter && ! val) |
49323 | 2135 { |
49572 | 2136 /* Item(s) have been removed. Remove all remaining items. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2137 xg_destroy_widgets (iter); |
49323 | 2138 |
2139 /* All updated. */ | |
2140 val = 0; | |
49572 | 2141 iter = 0; |
49323 | 2142 } |
49572 | 2143 else if (! iter && val) |
49323 | 2144 { |
2145 /* Item(s) added. Add all new items in one call. */ | |
2146 create_menus (val, f, select_cb, 0, highlight_cb, | |
2147 0, 1, 0, menubar, cl_data, 0); | |
2148 | |
2149 /* All updated. */ | |
2150 val = 0; | |
49572 | 2151 iter = 0; |
49323 | 2152 } |
49572 | 2153 /* Below this neither iter or val is NULL */ |
2154 else if (xg_item_label_same_p (GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter->data), val->name)) | |
49323 | 2155 { |
2156 /* This item is still the same, check next item. */ | |
2157 val = val->next; | |
49572 | 2158 iter = g_list_next (iter); |
2159 ++pos; | |
49323 | 2160 } |
2161 else /* This item is changed. */ | |
2162 { | |
49572 | 2163 GtkMenuItem *witem = GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter->data); |
49323 | 2164 GtkMenuItem *witem2 = 0; |
2165 int val_in_menubar = 0; | |
49572 | 2166 int iter_in_new_menubar = 0; |
2167 GList *iter2; | |
49323 | 2168 widget_value *cur; |
2169 | |
2170 /* See if the changed entry (val) is present later in the menu bar */ | |
49572 | 2171 for (iter2 = iter; |
2172 iter2 && ! val_in_menubar; | |
2173 iter2 = g_list_next (iter2)) | |
49323 | 2174 { |
49572 | 2175 witem2 = GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter2->data); |
49323 | 2176 val_in_menubar = xg_item_label_same_p (witem2, val->name); |
2177 } | |
2178 | |
49572 | 2179 /* See if the current entry (iter) is present later in the |
49323 | 2180 specification for the new menu bar. */ |
49572 | 2181 for (cur = val; cur && ! iter_in_new_menubar; cur = cur->next) |
2182 iter_in_new_menubar = xg_item_label_same_p (witem, cur->name); | |
2183 | |
2184 if (val_in_menubar && ! iter_in_new_menubar) | |
49323 | 2185 { |
49572 | 2186 int nr = pos; |
2187 | |
49323 | 2188 /* This corresponds to: |
2189 Current: A B C | |
2190 New: A C | |
2191 Remove B. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2192 |
49323 | 2193 gtk_widget_ref (GTK_WIDGET (witem)); |
2194 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar), GTK_WIDGET (witem)); | |
2195 gtk_widget_destroy (GTK_WIDGET (witem)); | |
2196 | |
2197 /* Must get new list since the old changed. */ | |
49572 | 2198 g_list_free (*list); |
2199 *list = iter = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2200 while (nr-- > 0) iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
49323 | 2201 } |
49572 | 2202 else if (! val_in_menubar && ! iter_in_new_menubar) |
49323 | 2203 { |
2204 /* This corresponds to: | |
2205 Current: A B C | |
2206 New: A X C | |
2207 Rename B to X. This might seem to be a strange thing to do, | |
2208 since if there is a menu under B it will be totally wrong for X. | |
2209 But consider editing a C file. Then there is a C-mode menu | |
2210 (corresponds to B above). | |
2211 If then doing C-x C-f the minibuf menu (X above) replaces the | |
2212 C-mode menu. When returning from the minibuffer, we get | |
2213 back the C-mode menu. Thus we do: | |
2214 Rename B to X (C-mode to minibuf menu) | |
2215 Rename X to B (minibuf to C-mode menu). | |
2216 If the X menu hasn't been invoked, the menu under B | |
2217 is up to date when leaving the minibuffer. */ | |
2218 GtkLabel *wlabel = GTK_LABEL (gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (witem))); | |
2219 char *utf8_label = get_utf8_string (val->name); | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2220 GtkWidget *submenu = gtk_menu_item_get_submenu (witem); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2221 |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
2222 gtk_label_set_text (wlabel, utf8_label); |
49323 | 2223 |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2224 /* If this item has a submenu that has been detached, change |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2225 the title in the WM decorations also. */ |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2226 if (submenu && gtk_menu_get_tearoff_state (GTK_MENU (submenu))) |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2227 /* Set the title of the detached window. */ |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2228 gtk_menu_set_title (GTK_MENU (submenu), utf8_label); |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2229 |
49572 | 2230 iter = g_list_next (iter); |
49323 | 2231 val = val->next; |
49572 | 2232 ++pos; |
49323 | 2233 } |
49572 | 2234 else if (! val_in_menubar && iter_in_new_menubar) |
49323 | 2235 { |
2236 /* This corresponds to: | |
2237 Current: A B C | |
2238 New: A X B C | |
2239 Insert X. */ | |
2240 | |
49572 | 2241 int nr = pos; |
49323 | 2242 GList *group = 0; |
2243 GtkWidget *w = xg_create_one_menuitem (val, | |
2244 f, | |
2245 select_cb, | |
2246 highlight_cb, | |
2247 cl_data, | |
2248 &group); | |
2249 | |
2250 gtk_widget_set_name (w, MENU_ITEM_NAME); | |
2251 gtk_menu_shell_insert (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menubar), w, pos); | |
2252 | |
49572 | 2253 g_list_free (*list); |
2254 *list = iter = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2255 while (nr-- > 0) iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
2256 iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
49323 | 2257 val = val->next; |
49572 | 2258 ++pos; |
49323 | 2259 } |
49572 | 2260 else /* if (val_in_menubar && iter_in_new_menubar) */ |
49323 | 2261 { |
49572 | 2262 int nr = pos; |
49323 | 2263 /* This corresponds to: |
2264 Current: A B C | |
2265 New: A C B | |
2266 Move C before B */ | |
2267 | |
2268 gtk_widget_ref (GTK_WIDGET (witem2)); | |
2269 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar), GTK_WIDGET (witem2)); | |
2270 gtk_menu_shell_insert (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menubar), | |
2271 GTK_WIDGET (witem2), pos); | |
2272 gtk_widget_unref (GTK_WIDGET (witem2)); | |
2273 | |
49572 | 2274 g_list_free (*list); |
2275 *list = iter = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2276 while (nr-- > 0) iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
49323 | 2277 val = val->next; |
49572 | 2278 ++pos; |
49323 | 2279 } |
2280 } | |
2281 | |
2282 /* Update the rest of the menu bar. */ | |
49572 | 2283 xg_update_menubar (menubar, f, list, iter, pos, val, |
2284 select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
49323 | 2285 } |
2286 | |
2287 /* Update the menu item W so it corresponds to VAL. | |
2288 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2289 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2290 CL_DATA is the data to set in the widget for menu invokation. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2291 |
49323 | 2292 static void |
2293 xg_update_menu_item (val, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data) | |
2294 widget_value *val; | |
2295 GtkWidget *w; | |
2296 GCallback select_cb; | |
2297 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2298 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2299 { | |
2300 GtkWidget *wchild; | |
2301 GtkLabel *wlbl = 0; | |
2302 GtkLabel *wkey = 0; | |
2303 char *utf8_label; | |
2304 char *utf8_key; | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2305 const char *old_label = 0; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2306 const char *old_key = 0; |
49323 | 2307 xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2308 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2309 wchild = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (w)); |
49323 | 2310 utf8_label = get_utf8_string (val->name); |
2311 utf8_key = get_utf8_string (val->key); | |
2312 | |
2313 /* See if W is a menu item with a key. See make_menu_item above. */ | |
2314 if (GTK_IS_HBOX (wchild)) | |
2315 { | |
2316 GList *list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (wchild)); | |
2317 | |
2318 wlbl = GTK_LABEL (list->data); | |
2319 wkey = GTK_LABEL (list->next->data); | |
49572 | 2320 g_list_free (list); |
2321 | |
49323 | 2322 if (! utf8_key) |
2323 { | |
2324 /* Remove the key and keep just the label. */ | |
2325 gtk_widget_ref (GTK_WIDGET (wlbl)); | |
2326 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wchild); | |
2327 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (w), GTK_WIDGET (wlbl)); | |
2328 wkey = 0; | |
2329 } | |
49572 | 2330 |
49323 | 2331 } |
2332 else /* Just a label. */ | |
2333 { | |
2334 wlbl = GTK_LABEL (wchild); | |
2335 | |
2336 /* Check if there is now a key. */ | |
2337 if (utf8_key) | |
2338 { | |
2339 GtkWidget *wtoadd = make_widget_for_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key); | |
2340 GList *list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (wtoadd)); | |
49572 | 2341 |
49323 | 2342 wlbl = GTK_LABEL (list->data); |
2343 wkey = GTK_LABEL (list->next->data); | |
49572 | 2344 g_list_free (list); |
49323 | 2345 |
2346 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wchild); | |
2347 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wtoadd); | |
2348 } | |
2349 } | |
2350 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2351 |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2352 if (wkey) old_key = gtk_label_get_label (wkey); |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2353 if (wlbl) old_label = gtk_label_get_label (wlbl); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2354 |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2355 if (wkey && utf8_key && (! old_key || strcmp (utf8_key, old_key) != 0)) |
49323 | 2356 gtk_label_set_text (wkey, utf8_key); |
2357 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2358 if (! old_label || strcmp (utf8_label, old_label) != 0) |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
2359 gtk_label_set_text (wlbl, utf8_label); |
49323 | 2360 |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2361 if (utf8_key && utf8_key != val->key) g_free (utf8_key); |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2362 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != val->name) g_free (utf8_label); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2363 |
49323 | 2364 if (! val->enabled && GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (w)) |
2365 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); | |
2366 else if (val->enabled && ! GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (w)) | |
2367 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, TRUE); | |
2368 | |
2369 cb_data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data*) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), | |
2370 XG_ITEM_DATA); | |
2371 if (cb_data) | |
2372 { | |
2373 cb_data->call_data = val->call_data; | |
2374 cb_data->help = val->help; | |
2375 cb_data->cl_data = cl_data; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2376 |
49323 | 2377 /* We assume the callback functions don't change. */ |
2378 if (val->call_data && ! val->contents) | |
2379 { | |
2380 /* This item shall have a select callback. */ | |
2381 if (! cb_data->select_id) | |
2382 cb_data->select_id | |
2383 = g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "activate", | |
2384 select_cb, cb_data); | |
2385 } | |
2386 else if (cb_data->select_id) | |
2387 { | |
2388 g_signal_handler_disconnect (w, cb_data->select_id); | |
2389 cb_data->select_id = 0; | |
2390 } | |
2391 | |
2392 if (NILP (cb_data->help)) | |
2393 { | |
2394 /* Shall not have help. Remove if any existed previously. */ | |
2395 if (cb_data->highlight_id) | |
2396 { | |
2397 g_signal_handler_disconnect (G_OBJECT (w), | |
2398 cb_data->highlight_id); | |
2399 cb_data->highlight_id = 0; | |
2400 } | |
2401 if (cb_data->unhighlight_id) | |
2402 { | |
2403 g_signal_handler_disconnect (G_OBJECT (w), | |
2404 cb_data->unhighlight_id); | |
2405 cb_data->unhighlight_id = 0; | |
2406 } | |
2407 } | |
2408 else if (! cb_data->highlight_id && highlight_cb) | |
2409 { | |
2410 /* Have help now, but didn't previously. Add callback. */ | |
2411 cb_data->highlight_id | |
2412 = g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), | |
2413 "enter-notify-event", | |
2414 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_highlight_callback), | |
2415 cb_data); | |
2416 cb_data->unhighlight_id | |
2417 = g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), | |
2418 "leave-notify-event", | |
2419 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_highlight_callback), | |
2420 cb_data); | |
2421 } | |
2422 } | |
2423 } | |
2424 | |
2425 /* Update the toggle menu item W so it corresponds to VAL. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2426 |
49323 | 2427 static void |
2428 xg_update_toggle_item (val, w) | |
2429 widget_value *val; | |
2430 GtkWidget *w; | |
2431 { | |
2432 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), val->selected); | |
2433 } | |
2434 | |
2435 /* Update the radio menu item W so it corresponds to VAL. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2436 |
49323 | 2437 static void |
2438 xg_update_radio_item (val, w) | |
2439 widget_value *val; | |
2440 GtkWidget *w; | |
2441 { | |
2442 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), val->selected); | |
2443 } | |
2444 | |
2445 /* Update the sub menu SUBMENU and all its children so it corresponds to VAL. | |
2446 SUBMENU may be NULL, in that case a new menu is created. | |
2447 F is the frame the menu bar belongs to. | |
2448 VAL describes the contents of the menu bar. | |
2449 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2450 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when a sub menu is not shown anymore. | |
2451 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2452 CL_DATA is the call back data to use for any newly created items. | |
2453 | |
2454 Returns the updated submenu widget, that is SUBMENU unless SUBMENU | |
2455 was NULL. */ | |
2456 | |
2457 static GtkWidget * | |
2458 xg_update_submenu (submenu, f, val, | |
2459 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data) | |
2460 GtkWidget *submenu; | |
2461 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2462 widget_value *val; | |
2463 GCallback select_cb; | |
2464 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
2465 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2466 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2467 { | |
2468 GtkWidget *newsub = submenu; | |
2469 GList *list = 0; | |
2470 GList *iter; | |
2471 widget_value *cur; | |
2472 int has_tearoff_p = 0; | |
2473 GList *first_radio = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2474 |
49323 | 2475 if (submenu) |
2476 list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (submenu)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2477 |
49323 | 2478 for (cur = val, iter = list; |
2479 cur && iter; | |
2480 iter = g_list_next (iter), cur = cur->next) | |
2481 { | |
2482 GtkWidget *w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); | |
2483 | |
2484 /* Skip tearoff items, they have no counterpart in val. */ | |
2485 if (GTK_IS_TEAROFF_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2486 { | |
2487 has_tearoff_p = 1; | |
2488 iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
2489 if (iter) w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); | |
2490 else break; | |
2491 } | |
2492 | |
2493 /* Remember first radio button in a group. If we get a mismatch in | |
2494 a radio group we must rebuild the whole group so that the connections | |
2495 in GTK becomes correct. */ | |
2496 if (cur->button_type == BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO && ! first_radio) | |
2497 first_radio = iter; | |
2498 else if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO | |
2499 && ! GTK_IS_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2500 first_radio = 0; | |
2501 | |
2502 if (GTK_IS_SEPARATOR_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2503 { | |
2504 if (! xg_separator_p (cur->name)) | |
2505 break; | |
2506 } | |
2507 else if (GTK_IS_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2508 { | |
2509 if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_TOGGLE) | |
2510 break; | |
2511 xg_update_toggle_item (cur, w); | |
2512 xg_update_menu_item (cur, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2513 } | |
2514 else if (GTK_IS_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2515 { | |
2516 if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO) | |
2517 break; | |
2518 xg_update_radio_item (cur, w); | |
2519 xg_update_menu_item (cur, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2520 } | |
2521 else if (GTK_IS_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2522 { | |
2523 GtkMenuItem *witem = GTK_MENU_ITEM (w); | |
2524 GtkWidget *sub; | |
2525 | |
2526 if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_NONE || | |
2527 xg_separator_p (cur->name)) | |
2528 break; | |
2529 | |
2530 xg_update_menu_item (cur, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2531 | |
2532 sub = gtk_menu_item_get_submenu (witem); | |
2533 if (sub && ! cur->contents) | |
2534 { | |
2535 /* Not a submenu anymore. */ | |
2536 gtk_widget_ref (sub); | |
2537 gtk_menu_item_remove_submenu (witem); | |
2538 gtk_widget_destroy (sub); | |
2539 } | |
2540 else if (cur->contents) | |
2541 { | |
2542 GtkWidget *nsub; | |
2543 | |
2544 nsub = xg_update_submenu (sub, f, cur->contents, | |
2545 select_cb, deactivate_cb, | |
2546 highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2547 | |
2548 /* If this item just became a submenu, we must set it. */ | |
2549 if (nsub != sub) | |
2550 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (witem, nsub); | |
2551 } | |
2552 } | |
2553 else | |
2554 { | |
2555 /* Structural difference. Remove everything from here and down | |
2556 in SUBMENU. */ | |
2557 break; | |
2558 } | |
2559 } | |
2560 | |
2561 /* Remove widgets from first structual change. */ | |
2562 if (iter) | |
2563 { | |
2564 /* If we are adding new menu items below, we must remove from | |
2565 first radio button so that radio groups become correct. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2566 if (cur && first_radio) xg_destroy_widgets (first_radio); |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2567 else xg_destroy_widgets (iter); |
49323 | 2568 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2569 |
49323 | 2570 if (cur) |
2571 { | |
2572 /* More items added. Create them. */ | |
2573 newsub = create_menus (cur, | |
2574 f, | |
2575 select_cb, | |
2576 deactivate_cb, | |
2577 highlight_cb, | |
2578 0, | |
2579 0, | |
2580 ! has_tearoff_p, | |
2581 submenu, | |
2582 cl_data, | |
2583 0); | |
2584 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2585 |
49572 | 2586 if (list) g_list_free (list); |
2587 | |
49323 | 2588 return newsub; |
2589 } | |
2590 | |
2591 /* Update the MENUBAR. | |
2592 F is the frame the menu bar belongs to. | |
2593 VAL describes the contents of the menu bar. | |
2594 If DEEP_P is non-zero, rebuild all but the top level menu names in | |
2595 the MENUBAR. If DEEP_P is zero, just rebuild the names in the menubar. | |
2596 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2597 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when a sub menu is not shown anymore. | |
2598 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2599 |
49323 | 2600 void |
2601 xg_modify_menubar_widgets (menubar, f, val, deep_p, | |
2602 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb) | |
2603 GtkWidget *menubar; | |
2604 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2605 widget_value *val; | |
2606 int deep_p; | |
2607 GCallback select_cb; | |
2608 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
2609 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2610 { | |
2611 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2612 GList *list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2613 | |
2614 if (! list) return; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2615 |
49323 | 2616 cl_data = (xg_menu_cb_data*) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (menubar), |
2617 XG_FRAME_DATA); | |
2618 | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2619 xg_update_menubar (menubar, f, &list, list, 0, val->contents, |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2620 select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2621 |
64783
0975467abc17
* gtkutil.c (xg_modify_menubar_widgets): Remove semicolon that
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
2622 if (deep_p) |
49323 | 2623 { |
2624 widget_value *cur; | |
2625 | |
2626 /* Update all sub menus. | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2627 We must keep the submenus (GTK menu item widgets) since the |
49323 | 2628 X Window in the XEvent that activates the menu are those widgets. */ |
2629 | |
2630 /* Update cl_data, menu_item things in F may have changed. */ | |
2631 update_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb); | |
2632 | |
2633 for (cur = val->contents; cur; cur = cur->next) | |
2634 { | |
49572 | 2635 GList *iter; |
49323 | 2636 GtkWidget *sub = 0; |
2637 GtkWidget *newsub; | |
2638 GtkMenuItem *witem; | |
2639 | |
2640 /* Find sub menu that corresponds to val and update it. */ | |
2641 for (iter = list ; iter; iter = g_list_next (iter)) | |
2642 { | |
2643 witem = GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter->data); | |
2644 if (xg_item_label_same_p (witem, cur->name)) | |
2645 { | |
2646 sub = gtk_menu_item_get_submenu (witem); | |
2647 break; | |
2648 } | |
2649 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2650 |
49323 | 2651 newsub = xg_update_submenu (sub, |
2652 f, | |
2653 cur->contents, | |
2654 select_cb, | |
2655 deactivate_cb, | |
2656 highlight_cb, | |
2657 cl_data); | |
2658 /* sub may still be NULL. If we just updated non deep and added | |
2659 a new menu bar item, it has no sub menu yet. So we set the | |
2660 newly created sub menu under witem. */ | |
2661 if (newsub != sub) | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2662 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2663 xg_set_screen (newsub, f); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2664 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (witem, newsub); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2665 } |
49323 | 2666 } |
2667 } | |
2668 | |
49572 | 2669 g_list_free (list); |
49323 | 2670 gtk_widget_show_all (menubar); |
2671 } | |
2672 | |
2673 /* Recompute all the widgets of frame F, when the menu bar has been | |
2674 changed. Value is non-zero if widgets were updated. */ | |
2675 | |
2676 int | |
2677 xg_update_frame_menubar (f) | |
2678 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2679 { | |
2680 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
2681 GtkRequisition req; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2682 |
49323 | 2683 if (!x->menubar_widget || GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (x->menubar_widget)) |
2684 return 0; | |
2685 | |
2686 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
2687 | |
2688 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->menubar_widget, | |
2689 FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
2690 gtk_box_reorder_child (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->menubar_widget, 0); | |
2691 | |
2692 gtk_widget_show_all (x->menubar_widget); | |
2693 gtk_widget_size_request (x->menubar_widget, &req); | |
2694 | |
2695 FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) = req.height; | |
2696 | |
2697 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
2698 rows to what we had before adding the menu bar. */ | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
2699 xg_resize_outer_widget (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2700 |
49323 | 2701 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
2702 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
50106
5675d6a0080c
(xg_update_frame_menubar): Add missing return value.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50099
diff
changeset
|
2703 |
5675d6a0080c
(xg_update_frame_menubar): Add missing return value.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50099
diff
changeset
|
2704 return 1; |
49323 | 2705 } |
2706 | |
2707 /* Get rid of the menu bar of frame F, and free its storage. | |
2708 This is used when deleting a frame, and when turning off the menu bar. */ | |
2709 | |
2710 void | |
2711 free_frame_menubar (f) | |
2712 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2713 { | |
2714 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
2715 | |
2716 if (x->menubar_widget) | |
2717 { | |
2718 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
2719 | |
2720 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (x->vbox_widget), x->menubar_widget); | |
2721 /* The menubar and its children shall be deleted when removed from | |
2722 the container. */ | |
2723 x->menubar_widget = 0; | |
2724 FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) = 0; | |
2725 | |
2726 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
2727 rows to what we had before removing the menu bar. */ | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
2728 xg_resize_outer_widget (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 2729 |
2730 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
2731 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
2732 } | |
2733 } | |
2734 | |
2735 | |
2736 | |
2737 /*********************************************************************** | |
2738 Scroll bar functions | |
2739 ***********************************************************************/ | |
2740 | |
2741 | |
2742 /* Setting scroll bar values invokes the callback. Use this variable | |
2743 to indicate that callback should do nothing. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2744 |
49323 | 2745 int xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar; |
2746 | |
2747 /* SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW assumes the second argument fits in | |
2748 32 bits. But we want to store pointers, and they may be larger | |
2749 than 32 bits. Keep a mapping from integer index to widget pointers | |
2750 to get around the 32 bit limitation. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2751 |
49323 | 2752 static struct |
2753 { | |
2754 GtkWidget **widgets; | |
2755 int max_size; | |
2756 int used; | |
49419
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
2757 } id_to_widget; |
49323 | 2758 |
2759 /* Grow this much every time we need to allocate more */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2760 |
49323 | 2761 #define ID_TO_WIDGET_INCR 32 |
2762 | |
2763 /* Store the widget pointer W in id_to_widget and return the integer index. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2764 |
49323 | 2765 static int |
2766 xg_store_widget_in_map (w) | |
2767 GtkWidget *w; | |
2768 { | |
2769 int i; | |
2770 | |
2771 if (id_to_widget.max_size == id_to_widget.used) | |
2772 { | |
2773 int new_size = id_to_widget.max_size + ID_TO_WIDGET_INCR; | |
2774 | |
2775 id_to_widget.widgets = xrealloc (id_to_widget.widgets, | |
2776 sizeof (GtkWidget *)*new_size); | |
2777 | |
2778 for (i = id_to_widget.max_size; i < new_size; ++i) | |
2779 id_to_widget.widgets[i] = 0; | |
2780 id_to_widget.max_size = new_size; | |
2781 } | |
2782 | |
2783 /* Just loop over the array and find a free place. After all, | |
2784 how many scroll bars are we creating? Should be a small number. | |
2785 The check above guarantees we will find a free place. */ | |
2786 for (i = 0; i < id_to_widget.max_size; ++i) | |
2787 { | |
2788 if (! id_to_widget.widgets[i]) | |
2789 { | |
2790 id_to_widget.widgets[i] = w; | |
2791 ++id_to_widget.used; | |
2792 | |
2793 return i; | |
2794 } | |
2795 } | |
2796 | |
2797 /* Should never end up here */ | |
2798 abort (); | |
2799 } | |
2800 | |
2801 /* Remove pointer at IDX from id_to_widget. | |
2802 Called when scroll bar is destroyed. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2803 |
49323 | 2804 static void |
2805 xg_remove_widget_from_map (idx) | |
2806 int idx; | |
2807 { | |
2808 if (idx < id_to_widget.max_size && id_to_widget.widgets[idx] != 0) | |
2809 { | |
2810 id_to_widget.widgets[idx] = 0; | |
2811 --id_to_widget.used; | |
2812 } | |
2813 } | |
2814 | |
2815 /* Get the widget pointer at IDX from id_to_widget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2816 |
49323 | 2817 static GtkWidget * |
2818 xg_get_widget_from_map (idx) | |
2819 int idx; | |
2820 { | |
2821 if (idx < id_to_widget.max_size && id_to_widget.widgets[idx] != 0) | |
2822 return id_to_widget.widgets[idx]; | |
2823 | |
2824 return 0; | |
2825 } | |
2826 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2827 /* Return the scrollbar id for X Window WID on display DPY. |
50063 | 2828 Return -1 if WID not in id_to_widget. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2829 |
50063 | 2830 int |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2831 xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (dpy, wid) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2832 Display *dpy; |
50063 | 2833 Window wid; |
2834 { | |
2835 int idx; | |
2836 GtkWidget *w; | |
2837 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2838 w = xg_win_to_widget (dpy, wid); |
50063 | 2839 |
2840 if (w) | |
2841 { | |
2842 for (idx = 0; idx < id_to_widget.max_size; ++idx) | |
2843 if (id_to_widget.widgets[idx] == w) | |
2844 return idx; | |
2845 } | |
2846 | |
2847 return -1; | |
2848 } | |
2849 | |
49323 | 2850 /* Callback invoked when scroll bar WIDGET is destroyed. |
2851 DATA is the index into id_to_widget for WIDGET. | |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
2852 We free pointer to last scroll bar values here and remove the index. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2853 |
49323 | 2854 static void |
2855 xg_gtk_scroll_destroy (widget, data) | |
2856 GtkWidget *widget; | |
2857 gpointer data; | |
2858 { | |
2859 gpointer p; | |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
2860 int id = (int) (EMACS_INT) data; /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2861 |
49323 | 2862 p = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), XG_LAST_SB_DATA); |
2863 if (p) xfree (p); | |
2864 xg_remove_widget_from_map (id); | |
2865 } | |
2866 | |
2867 /* Callback for button press/release events. Used to start timer so that | |
2868 the scroll bar repetition timer in GTK gets handeled. | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
2869 Also, sets bar->dragging to Qnil when dragging (button release) is done. |
49323 | 2870 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget the event is for (not used). |
2871 EVENT contains the event. | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
2872 USER_DATA points to the struct scrollbar structure. |
49323 | 2873 |
2874 Returns FALSE to tell GTK that it shall continue propagate the event | |
2875 to widgets. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2876 |
49323 | 2877 static gboolean |
2878 scroll_bar_button_cb (widget, event, user_data) | |
2879 GtkWidget *widget; | |
2880 GdkEventButton *event; | |
2881 gpointer user_data; | |
2882 { | |
2883 if (event->type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS && ! xg_timer) | |
2884 xg_start_timer (); | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
2885 else if (event->type == GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE) |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
2886 { |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
2887 struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) user_data; |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
2888 if (xg_timer) xg_stop_timer (); |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
2889 bar->dragging = Qnil; |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
2890 } |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
2891 |
49323 | 2892 return FALSE; |
2893 } | |
2894 | |
2895 /* Create a scroll bar widget for frame F. Store the scroll bar | |
2896 in BAR. | |
2897 SCROLL_CALLBACK is the callback to invoke when the value of the | |
2898 bar changes. | |
2899 SCROLL_BAR_NAME is the name we use for the scroll bar. Can be used | |
2900 to set resources for the widget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2901 |
49323 | 2902 void |
2903 xg_create_scroll_bar (f, bar, scroll_callback, scroll_bar_name) | |
2904 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2905 struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
2906 GCallback scroll_callback; | |
2907 char *scroll_bar_name; | |
2908 { | |
2909 GtkWidget *wscroll; | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2910 GtkWidget *webox; |
49323 | 2911 GtkObject *vadj; |
2912 int scroll_id; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2913 |
49323 | 2914 /* Page, step increment values are not so important here, they |
2915 will be corrected in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb. */ | |
2916 vadj = gtk_adjustment_new (XG_SB_MIN, XG_SB_MIN, XG_SB_MAX, | |
2917 0.1, 0.1, 0.1); | |
2918 | |
2919 wscroll = gtk_vscrollbar_new (GTK_ADJUSTMENT (vadj)); | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2920 webox = gtk_event_box_new (); |
49323 | 2921 gtk_widget_set_name (wscroll, scroll_bar_name); |
2922 gtk_range_set_update_policy (GTK_RANGE (wscroll), GTK_UPDATE_CONTINUOUS); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2923 |
49323 | 2924 scroll_id = xg_store_widget_in_map (wscroll); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2925 |
50521
3b4cda88d7ef
* xterm.c (xg_scroll_callback): Call gtk_range_get_adjustment to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50333
diff
changeset
|
2926 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), |
49323 | 2927 "value-changed", |
2928 scroll_callback, | |
50521
3b4cda88d7ef
* xterm.c (xg_scroll_callback): Call gtk_range_get_adjustment to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50333
diff
changeset
|
2929 (gpointer) bar); |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
2930 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
49323 | 2931 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), |
2932 "destroy", | |
2933 G_CALLBACK (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy), | |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
2934 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) scroll_id); |
49323 | 2935 |
2936 /* Connect to button press and button release to detect if any scroll bar | |
2937 has the pointer. */ | |
2938 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), | |
2939 "button-press-event", | |
2940 G_CALLBACK (scroll_bar_button_cb), | |
50521
3b4cda88d7ef
* xterm.c (xg_scroll_callback): Call gtk_range_get_adjustment to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50333
diff
changeset
|
2941 (gpointer) bar); |
49323 | 2942 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), |
2943 "button-release-event", | |
2944 G_CALLBACK (scroll_bar_button_cb), | |
50521
3b4cda88d7ef
* xterm.c (xg_scroll_callback): Call gtk_range_get_adjustment to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50333
diff
changeset
|
2945 (gpointer) bar); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2946 |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2947 /* The scroll bar widget does not draw on a window of its own. Instead |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2948 it draws on the parent window, in this case the edit widget. So |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2949 whenever the edit widget is cleared, the scroll bar needs to redraw |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2950 also, which causes flicker. Put an event box between the edit widget |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2951 and the scroll bar, so the scroll bar instead draws itself on the |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2952 event box window. */ |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2953 gtk_fixed_put (GTK_FIXED (f->output_data.x->edit_widget), webox, -1, -1); |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2954 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (webox), wscroll); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
2955 |
49323 | 2956 |
2957 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. */ | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2958 xg_set_cursor (webox, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->xg_cursor); |
49323 | 2959 |
2960 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar, scroll_id); | |
2961 } | |
2962 | |
2963 /* Make the scroll bar represented by SCROLLBAR_ID visible. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2964 |
49323 | 2965 void |
2966 xg_show_scroll_bar (scrollbar_id) | |
2967 int scrollbar_id; | |
2968 { | |
2969 GtkWidget *w = xg_get_widget_from_map (scrollbar_id); | |
2970 if (w) | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2971 gtk_widget_show_all (gtk_widget_get_parent (w)); |
49323 | 2972 } |
2973 | |
2974 /* Remove the scroll bar represented by SCROLLBAR_ID from the frame F. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2975 |
49323 | 2976 void |
2977 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f, scrollbar_id) | |
2978 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2979 int scrollbar_id; | |
2980 { | |
2981 GtkWidget *w = xg_get_widget_from_map (scrollbar_id); | |
2982 if (w) | |
2983 { | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2984 GtkWidget *wparent = gtk_widget_get_parent (w); |
49323 | 2985 gtk_widget_destroy (w); |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2986 gtk_widget_destroy (wparent); |
49323 | 2987 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
2988 } | |
2989 } | |
2990 | |
2991 /* Update the position of the vertical scroll bar represented by SCROLLBAR_ID | |
2992 in frame F. | |
2993 TOP/LEFT are the new pixel positions where the bar shall appear. | |
2994 WIDTH, HEIGHT is the size in pixels the bar shall have. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2995 |
49323 | 2996 void |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2997 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f, scrollbar_id, top, left, width, height) |
49323 | 2998 FRAME_PTR f; |
2999 int scrollbar_id; | |
3000 int top; | |
3001 int left; | |
3002 int width; | |
3003 int height; | |
3004 { | |
49572 | 3005 |
3006 GtkWidget *wscroll = xg_get_widget_from_map (scrollbar_id); | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3007 |
49572 | 3008 if (wscroll) |
3009 { | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3010 GtkWidget *wfixed = f->output_data.x->edit_widget; |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3011 GtkWidget *wparent = gtk_widget_get_parent (wscroll); |
55342
44d086f5e08a
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call XClearWindow to clear
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53275
diff
changeset
|
3012 |
44d086f5e08a
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call XClearWindow to clear
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53275
diff
changeset
|
3013 /* Move and resize to new values. */ |
60553
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3014 gtk_fixed_move (GTK_FIXED (wfixed), wparent, left, top); |
55342
44d086f5e08a
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call XClearWindow to clear
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53275
diff
changeset
|
3015 gtk_widget_set_size_request (wscroll, width, height); |
60553
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3016 gtk_widget_queue_draw (wparent); |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3017 gdk_window_process_all_updates (); |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3018 /* GTK does not redraw until the main loop is entered again, but |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3019 if there are no X events pending we will not enter it. So we sync |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3020 here to get some events. */ |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3021 x_sync (f); |
49572 | 3022 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
3023 cancel_mouse_face (f); | |
3024 } | |
49323 | 3025 } |
3026 | |
3027 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently | |
3028 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3029 |
49323 | 3030 void |
3031 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole) | |
3032 struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
3033 int portion, position, whole; | |
3034 { | |
3035 GtkWidget *wscroll = xg_get_widget_from_map (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar)); | |
3036 | |
3037 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); | |
3038 | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3039 if (wscroll && NILP (bar->dragging)) |
49323 | 3040 { |
3041 GtkAdjustment *adj; | |
3042 gdouble shown; | |
3043 gdouble top; | |
3044 int size, value; | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3045 int new_step; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3046 int changed = 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3047 |
49323 | 3048 adj = gtk_range_get_adjustment (GTK_RANGE (wscroll)); |
3049 | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3050 /* We do the same as for MOTIF in xterm.c, assume 30 chars per line |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3051 rather than the real portion value. This makes the thumb less likely |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3052 to resize and that looks better. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3053 portion = WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar->window)) * 30; |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3054 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole. |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3055 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */ |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3056 whole += portion; |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3057 |
49323 | 3058 if (whole <= 0) |
3059 top = 0, shown = 1; | |
3060 else | |
3061 { | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3062 top = (gdouble) position / whole; |
49323 | 3063 shown = (gdouble) portion / whole; |
3064 } | |
3065 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3066 size = shown * XG_SB_RANGE; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3067 size = min (size, XG_SB_RANGE); |
49323 | 3068 size = max (size, 1); |
3069 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3070 value = top * XG_SB_RANGE; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3071 value = min (value, XG_SB_MAX - size); |
49323 | 3072 value = max (value, XG_SB_MIN); |
3073 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3074 /* Assume all lines are of equal size. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3075 new_step = size / max (1, FRAME_LINES (f)); |
50178
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3076 |
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3077 if ((int) adj->page_size != size |
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3078 || (int) adj->step_increment != new_step) |
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3079 { |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3080 adj->page_size = size; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3081 adj->step_increment = new_step; |
50178
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3082 /* Assume a page increment is about 95% of the page size */ |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3083 adj->page_increment = (int) (0.95*adj->page_size); |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3084 changed = 1; |
50178
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3085 } |
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3086 |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3087 if (changed || (int) gtk_range_get_value (GTK_RANGE (wscroll)) != value) |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3088 { |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3089 GtkWidget *wfixed = f->output_data.x->edit_widget; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3090 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3091 BLOCK_INPUT; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3092 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3093 /* gtk_range_set_value invokes the callback. Set |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3094 ignore_gtk_scrollbar to make the callback do nothing */ |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3095 xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar = 1; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3096 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3097 if ((int) gtk_range_get_value (GTK_RANGE (wscroll)) != value) |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3098 gtk_range_set_value (GTK_RANGE (wscroll), (gdouble)value); |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3099 else if (changed) |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3100 gtk_adjustment_changed (adj); |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3101 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3102 xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar = 0; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3103 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3104 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3105 } |
49323 | 3106 } |
3107 } | |
3108 | |
3109 | |
3110 /*********************************************************************** | |
3111 Tool bar functions | |
3112 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3113 /* The key for the data we put in the GtkImage widgets. The data is | |
3114 the image used by Emacs. We use this to see if we need to update | |
3115 the GtkImage with a new image. */ | |
3116 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA "emacs-tool-bar-image" | |
3117 | |
3118 /* Callback function invoked when a tool bar item is pressed. | |
3119 W is the button widget in the tool bar that got pressed, | |
3120 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the | |
3121 tool bar. 0 is the first button. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3122 |
49323 | 3123 static void |
3124 xg_tool_bar_callback (w, client_data) | |
3125 GtkWidget *w; | |
3126 gpointer client_data; | |
3127 { | |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3128 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3129 int idx = (int) (EMACS_INT) client_data; |
49323 | 3130 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_FRAME_DATA); |
3131 Lisp_Object key, frame; | |
3132 struct input_event event; | |
51569
e7bd8581e306
(xg_tool_bar_callback): Don't pass uninitialized
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51432
diff
changeset
|
3133 EVENT_INIT (event); |
49323 | 3134 |
3135 if (! f || ! f->n_tool_bar_items || NILP (f->tool_bar_items)) | |
3136 return; | |
3137 | |
3138 idx *= TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3139 |
49323 | 3140 key = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY); |
3141 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
3142 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT; | |
3143 event.frame_or_window = frame; | |
3144 event.arg = frame; | |
3145 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); | |
3146 | |
3147 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT; | |
3148 event.frame_or_window = frame; | |
3149 event.arg = key; | |
3150 event.modifiers = 0; /* These are not available. */ | |
3151 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); | |
3152 } | |
3153 | |
3154 /* This callback is called when a tool bar is detached. We must set | |
3155 the height of the tool bar to zero when this happens so frame sizes | |
3156 are correctly calculated. | |
3157 WBOX is the handle box widget that enables detach/attach of the tool bar. | |
3158 W is the tool bar widget. | |
3159 CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the frame the tool bar belongs to. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3160 |
49323 | 3161 static void |
3162 xg_tool_bar_detach_callback (wbox, w, client_data) | |
3163 GtkHandleBox *wbox; | |
3164 GtkWidget *w; | |
3165 gpointer client_data; | |
3166 { | |
3167 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) client_data; | |
3168 | |
3169 if (f) | |
3170 { | |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3171 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->toolbar_detached = 1; |
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3172 |
49323 | 3173 /* When detaching a tool bar, not everything dissapear. There are |
3174 a few pixels left that are used to drop the tool bar back into | |
3175 place. */ | |
3176 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = 2; | |
3177 | |
3178 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
3179 rows to what we had before detaching the tool bar. */ | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3180 xg_resize_outer_widget (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 3181 } |
3182 } | |
3183 | |
3184 /* This callback is called when a tool bar is reattached. We must set | |
3185 the height of the tool bar when this happens so frame sizes | |
3186 are correctly calculated. | |
3187 WBOX is the handle box widget that enables detach/attach of the tool bar. | |
3188 W is the tool bar widget. | |
3189 CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the frame the tool bar belongs to. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3190 |
49323 | 3191 static void |
3192 xg_tool_bar_attach_callback (wbox, w, client_data) | |
3193 GtkHandleBox *wbox; | |
3194 GtkWidget *w; | |
3195 gpointer client_data; | |
3196 { | |
3197 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) client_data; | |
3198 | |
3199 if (f) | |
3200 { | |
3201 GtkRequisition req; | |
3202 | |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3203 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->toolbar_detached = 0; |
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3204 |
49323 | 3205 gtk_widget_size_request (w, &req); |
3206 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = req.height; | |
3207 | |
3208 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3209 rows to what we had before attaching the tool bar. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3210 xg_resize_outer_widget (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 3211 } |
3212 } | |
3213 | |
3214 /* This callback is called when the mouse enters or leaves a tool bar item. | |
3215 It is used for displaying and hiding the help text. | |
3216 W is the tool bar item, a button. | |
3217 EVENT is either an enter event or leave event. | |
3218 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the | |
3219 tool bar. 0 is the first button. | |
3220 | |
3221 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3222 |
49323 | 3223 static gboolean |
3224 xg_tool_bar_help_callback (w, event, client_data) | |
3225 GtkWidget *w; | |
3226 GdkEventCrossing *event; | |
3227 gpointer client_data; | |
3228 { | |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3229 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3230 int idx = (int) (EMACS_INT) client_data; |
49323 | 3231 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_FRAME_DATA); |
3232 Lisp_Object help, frame; | |
3233 | |
3234 if (! GTK_IS_BUTTON (w)) | |
3235 { | |
3236 return FALSE; | |
3237 } | |
3238 | |
3239 if (! f || ! f->n_tool_bar_items || NILP (f->tool_bar_items)) | |
50108
a9ff586d3d09
(xg_tool_bar_help_callback): Add missing return value.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50106
diff
changeset
|
3240 return FALSE; |
49323 | 3241 |
3242 if (event->type == GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY) | |
3243 { | |
3244 idx *= TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS; | |
3245 help = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP); | |
3246 | |
3247 if (NILP (help)) | |
3248 help = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION); | |
3249 } | |
3250 else | |
3251 help = Qnil; | |
3252 | |
3253 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
3254 kbd_buffer_store_help_event (frame, help); | |
3255 | |
3256 return FALSE; | |
3257 } | |
3258 | |
3259 | |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3260 /* This callback is called when a tool bar item shall be redrawn. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3261 It modifies the expose event so that the GtkImage widget redraws the |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3262 whole image. This to overcome a bug that makes GtkImage draw the image |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3263 in the wrong place when it tries to redraw just a part of the image. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3264 W is the GtkImage to be redrawn. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3265 EVENT is the expose event for W. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3266 CLIENT_DATA is unused. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3267 |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3268 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3269 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3270 static gboolean |
50063 | 3271 xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback (w, event, client_data) |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3272 GtkWidget *w; |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3273 GdkEventExpose *event; |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3274 gpointer client_data; |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3275 { |
50333
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3276 gint width, height; |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3277 |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3278 gdk_drawable_get_size (event->window, &width, &height); |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3279 |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3280 event->area.x -= width > event->area.width ? width-event->area.width : 0; |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3281 event->area.y -= height > event->area.height ? height-event->area.height : 0; |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3282 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3283 event->area.x = max (0, event->area.x); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3284 event->area.y = max (0, event->area.y); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3285 |
50333
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3286 event->area.width = max (width, event->area.width); |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3287 event->area.height = max (height, event->area.height); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3288 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3289 return FALSE; |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3290 } |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3291 |
50063 | 3292 /* This callback is called when a tool bar shall be redrawn. |
3293 We need to update the tool bar from here in case the image cache | |
3294 has deleted the pixmaps used in the tool bar. | |
3295 W is the GtkToolbar to be redrawn. | |
3296 EVENT is the expose event for W. | |
3297 CLIENT_DATA is pointing to the frame for this tool bar. | |
3298 | |
3299 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3300 |
50063 | 3301 static gboolean |
3302 xg_tool_bar_expose_callback (w, event, client_data) | |
3303 GtkWidget *w; | |
3304 GdkEventExpose *event; | |
3305 gpointer client_data; | |
3306 { | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3307 update_frame_tool_bar ((FRAME_PTR) client_data); |
50063 | 3308 return FALSE; |
3309 } | |
3310 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3311 /* Create a tool bar for frame F. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3312 |
49323 | 3313 static void |
3314 xg_create_tool_bar (f) | |
3315 FRAME_PTR f; | |
3316 { | |
3317 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
3318 GtkRequisition req; | |
3319 int vbox_pos = x->menubar_widget ? 1 : 0; | |
3320 | |
3321 x->toolbar_widget = gtk_toolbar_new (); | |
3322 x->handlebox_widget = gtk_handle_box_new (); | |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3323 x->toolbar_detached = 0; |
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3324 |
49323 | 3325 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (x->handlebox_widget), |
3326 x->toolbar_widget); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3327 |
49323 | 3328 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->handlebox_widget, |
3329 FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3330 |
49323 | 3331 gtk_box_reorder_child (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->handlebox_widget, |
3332 vbox_pos); | |
3333 | |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3334 gtk_widget_set_name (x->toolbar_widget, "emacs-toolbar"); |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3335 |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3336 /* We only have icons, so override any user setting. We could |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3337 use the caption property of the toolbar item (see update_frame_tool_bar |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3338 below), but some of those strings are long, making the toolbar so |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3339 long it does not fit on the screen. The GtkToolbar widget makes every |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3340 item equal size, so the longest caption determine the size of every |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3341 tool bar item. I think the creators of the GtkToolbar widget |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3342 counted on 4 or 5 character long strings. */ |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3343 gtk_toolbar_set_style (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS); |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3344 gtk_toolbar_set_orientation (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3345 GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL); |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3346 |
49323 | 3347 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (x->handlebox_widget), "child-detached", |
3348 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback), f); | |
3349 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (x->handlebox_widget), "child-attached", | |
3350 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_attach_callback), f); | |
50063 | 3351 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (x->toolbar_widget), |
3352 "expose-event", | |
3353 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback), | |
3354 f); | |
49323 | 3355 |
3356 gtk_widget_show_all (x->handlebox_widget); | |
3357 | |
3358 gtk_widget_size_request (x->toolbar_widget, &req); | |
3359 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = req.height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3360 |
49323 | 3361 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns |
3362 rows to what we had before adding the tool bar. */ | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3363 xg_resize_outer_widget (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3364 |
49323 | 3365 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
3366 } | |
3367 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3368 /* Update the tool bar for frame F. Add new buttons and remove old. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3369 |
49323 | 3370 void |
3371 update_frame_tool_bar (f) | |
3372 FRAME_PTR f; | |
3373 { | |
3374 int i; | |
3375 GtkRequisition old_req, new_req; | |
3376 GList *icon_list; | |
49572 | 3377 GList *iter; |
49323 | 3378 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; |
59084
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3379 int hmargin, vmargin; |
49323 | 3380 |
3381 if (! FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)) | |
3382 return; | |
3383 | |
3384 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3385 |
59084
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3386 if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3387 && XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin) > 0) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3388 { |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3389 hmargin = XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3390 vmargin = XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3391 } |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3392 else if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3393 { |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3394 if (INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3395 && XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3396 hmargin = XFASTINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3397 |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3398 if (INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3399 && XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3400 vmargin = XFASTINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3401 } |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3402 |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3403 /* The natural size (i.e. when GTK uses 0 as margin) looks best, |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3404 so take DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN to mean "default for GTK", |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3405 i.e. zero. This means that margins less than |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3406 DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN has no effect. */ |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3407 hmargin = max (0, hmargin - DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3408 vmargin = max (0, vmargin - DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3409 |
49323 | 3410 if (! x->toolbar_widget) |
3411 xg_create_tool_bar (f); | |
3412 | |
3413 gtk_widget_size_request (x->toolbar_widget, &old_req); | |
3414 | |
3415 icon_list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (x->toolbar_widget)); | |
49572 | 3416 iter = icon_list; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3417 |
49323 | 3418 for (i = 0; i < f->n_tool_bar_items; ++i) |
3419 { | |
3420 #define PROP(IDX) AREF (f->tool_bar_items, i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX)) | |
3421 | |
3422 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P)); | |
3423 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P)); | |
3424 int idx; | |
3425 int img_id; | |
3426 struct image *img; | |
3427 Lisp_Object image; | |
49572 | 3428 GtkWidget *wicon = iter ? GTK_WIDGET (iter->data) : 0; |
50059
ffb4a4dbe4c0
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Compare pixmap ID instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49826
diff
changeset
|
3429 |
49572 | 3430 if (iter) iter = g_list_next (iter); |
49323 | 3431 |
3432 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the | |
3433 button state. */ | |
3434 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES); | |
3435 if (VECTORP (image)) | |
3436 { | |
3437 if (enabled_p) | |
3438 idx = (selected_p | |
3439 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED | |
3440 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED); | |
3441 else | |
3442 idx = (selected_p | |
3443 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED | |
3444 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED); | |
3445 | |
3446 xassert (ASIZE (image) >= idx); | |
3447 image = AREF (image, idx); | |
3448 } | |
3449 else | |
3450 idx = -1; | |
3451 | |
3452 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */ | |
3453 if (!valid_image_p (image)) | |
3454 { | |
3455 if (wicon) gtk_widget_hide (wicon); | |
3456 continue; | |
3457 } | |
3458 | |
3459 img_id = lookup_image (f, image); | |
3460 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (f, img_id); | |
49468
f2be5cd8262f
gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Call prepare_image_for_display
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49434
diff
changeset
|
3461 prepare_image_for_display (f, img); |
f2be5cd8262f
gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Call prepare_image_for_display
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49434
diff
changeset
|
3462 |
f2be5cd8262f
gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Call prepare_image_for_display
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49434
diff
changeset
|
3463 if (img->load_failed_p || img->pixmap == None) |
f2be5cd8262f
gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Call prepare_image_for_display
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49434
diff
changeset
|
3464 { |
f2be5cd8262f
gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Call prepare_image_for_display
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49434
diff
changeset
|
3465 if (wicon) gtk_widget_hide (wicon); |
f2be5cd8262f
gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Call prepare_image_for_display
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49434
diff
changeset
|
3466 continue; |
f2be5cd8262f
gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Call prepare_image_for_display
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49434
diff
changeset
|
3467 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3468 |
49323 | 3469 if (! wicon) |
3470 { | |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
3471 GtkWidget *w = xg_get_image_for_pixmap (f, img, x->widget, NULL); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
3472 |
59084
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3473 gtk_misc_set_padding (GTK_MISC (w), hmargin, vmargin); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3474 |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3475 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
49323 | 3476 gtk_toolbar_append_item (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), |
3477 0, 0, 0, | |
3478 w, | |
3479 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (xg_tool_bar_callback), | |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3480 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3481 |
49323 | 3482 /* Save the image so we can see if an update is needed when |
3483 this function is called again. */ | |
3484 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, | |
50059
ffb4a4dbe4c0
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Compare pixmap ID instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49826
diff
changeset
|
3485 (gpointer)img->pixmap); |
49323 | 3486 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3487 /* Catch expose events to overcome an annoying redraw bug, see |
50063 | 3488 comment for xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback. */ |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3489 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3490 "expose-event", |
50063 | 3491 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback), |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3492 0); |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3493 |
49323 | 3494 /* We must set sensitive on the button that is the parent |
3495 of the GtkImage parent. Go upwards until we find the button. */ | |
3496 while (! GTK_IS_BUTTON (w)) | |
3497 w = gtk_widget_get_parent (w); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3498 |
49323 | 3499 if (w) |
3500 { | |
3501 /* Save the frame in the button so the xg_tool_bar_callback | |
3502 can get at it. */ | |
3503 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_FRAME_DATA, (gpointer)f); | |
3504 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, enabled_p); | |
3505 | |
3506 /* Use enter/leave notify to show help. We use the events | |
3507 rather than the GtkButton specific signals "enter" and | |
3508 "leave", so we can have only one callback. The event | |
3509 will tell us what kind of event it is. */ | |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3510 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
49323 | 3511 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), |
3512 "enter-notify-event", | |
3513 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_help_callback), | |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3514 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
49323 | 3515 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), |
3516 "leave-notify-event", | |
3517 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_help_callback), | |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3518 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
49323 | 3519 } |
3520 } | |
3521 else | |
3522 { | |
3523 /* The child of the tool bar is a button. Inside that button | |
3524 is a vbox. Inside that vbox is the GtkImage. */ | |
3525 GtkWidget *wvbox = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (wicon)); | |
49572 | 3526 GList *chlist = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (wvbox)); |
3527 GtkImage *wimage = GTK_IMAGE (chlist->data); | |
50059
ffb4a4dbe4c0
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Compare pixmap ID instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49826
diff
changeset
|
3528 Pixmap old_img = (Pixmap)g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), |
ffb4a4dbe4c0
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Compare pixmap ID instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49826
diff
changeset
|
3529 XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA); |
49572 | 3530 g_list_free (chlist); |
49323 | 3531 |
59084
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3532 gtk_misc_set_padding (GTK_MISC (wimage), hmargin, vmargin); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3533 |
50059
ffb4a4dbe4c0
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Compare pixmap ID instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49826
diff
changeset
|
3534 if (old_img != img->pixmap) |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
3535 (void) xg_get_image_for_pixmap (f, img, x->widget, wimage); |
49323 | 3536 |
3537 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, | |
50059
ffb4a4dbe4c0
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Compare pixmap ID instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49826
diff
changeset
|
3538 (gpointer)img->pixmap); |
49323 | 3539 |
3540 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (wicon, enabled_p); | |
3541 gtk_widget_show (wicon); | |
3542 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3543 |
49323 | 3544 #undef PROP |
3545 } | |
3546 | |
3547 /* Remove buttons not longer needed. We just hide them so they | |
3548 can be reused later on. */ | |
49572 | 3549 while (iter) |
49323 | 3550 { |
49572 | 3551 GtkWidget *w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); |
49323 | 3552 gtk_widget_hide (w); |
49572 | 3553 iter = g_list_next (iter); |
49323 | 3554 } |
3555 | |
3556 gtk_widget_size_request (x->toolbar_widget, &new_req); | |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3557 if (old_req.height != new_req.height |
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3558 && ! FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->toolbar_detached) |
49323 | 3559 { |
3560 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = new_req.height; | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3561 xg_resize_outer_widget (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 3562 } |
3563 | |
49572 | 3564 if (icon_list) g_list_free (icon_list); |
3565 | |
49323 | 3566 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
3567 } | |
3568 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3569 /* Deallocate all resources for the tool bar on frame F. |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3570 Remove the tool bar. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3571 |
49323 | 3572 void |
3573 free_frame_tool_bar (f) | |
3574 FRAME_PTR f; | |
3575 { | |
3576 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
3577 | |
3578 if (x->toolbar_widget) | |
3579 { | |
3580 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
3581 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (x->vbox_widget), | |
3582 x->handlebox_widget); | |
3583 x->toolbar_widget = 0; | |
3584 x->handlebox_widget = 0; | |
3585 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = 0; | |
3586 | |
3587 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
3588 rows to what we had before removing the tool bar. */ | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3589 xg_resize_outer_widget (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 3590 |
3591 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
3592 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
3593 } | |
3594 } | |
3595 | |
3596 | |
3597 | |
3598 /*********************************************************************** | |
3599 Initializing | |
3600 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3601 void | |
3602 xg_initialize () | |
3603 { | |
59102
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
3604 GtkBindingSet *binding_set; |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
3605 |
49323 | 3606 xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar = 0; |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
3607 xg_detached_menus = 0; |
49323 | 3608 xg_menu_cb_list.prev = xg_menu_cb_list.next = |
3609 xg_menu_item_cb_list.prev = xg_menu_item_cb_list.next = 0; | |
3610 | |
49419
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
3611 id_to_widget.max_size = id_to_widget.used = 0; |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
3612 id_to_widget.widgets = 0; |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
3613 |
49323 | 3614 /* Remove F10 as a menu accelerator, it does not mix well with Emacs key |
3615 bindings. It doesn't seem to be any way to remove properties, | |
3616 so we set it to VoidSymbol which in X means "no key". */ | |
3617 gtk_settings_set_string_property (gtk_settings_get_default (), | |
3618 "gtk-menu-bar-accel", | |
3619 "VoidSymbol", | |
3620 EMACS_CLASS); | |
49419
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
3621 |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
3622 /* Make GTK text input widgets use Emacs style keybindings. This is |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
3623 Emacs after all. */ |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
3624 gtk_settings_set_string_property (gtk_settings_get_default (), |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
3625 "gtk-key-theme-name", |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
3626 "Emacs", |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
3627 EMACS_CLASS); |
59102
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
3628 |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
3629 /* Make dialogs close on C-g. Since file dialog inherits from |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
3630 dialog, this works for them also. */ |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
3631 binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (gtk_type_class (GTK_TYPE_DIALOG)); |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
3632 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_g, GDK_CONTROL_MASK, |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
3633 "close", 0); |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
3634 |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
3635 /* Make menus close on C-g. */ |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
3636 binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (gtk_type_class (GTK_TYPE_MENU_SHELL)); |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
3637 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_g, GDK_CONTROL_MASK, |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
3638 "cancel", 0); |
49323 | 3639 } |
3640 | |
3641 #endif /* USE_GTK */ | |
52401 | 3642 |
3643 /* arch-tag: fe7104da-bc1e-4aba-9bd1-f349c528f7e3 | |
3644 (do not change this comment) */ |